VALIDATION COPY 1.

0 JUNE 2007


INTRODUCTION
to Punjab



Cities of Punjab






1
GEOGRAPHY

Punjab is an Indo-Iranian word meaning “The land of five
rivers”. It is one of India's 36 states, situated in the northwest,
occupying 1.54% of the country’s total geographical area. It is
bordered by Pakistan to the west, Jammu and Kashmir to the
north, Himachal Pradesh to the northeast and Haryana to the
south. Prior to the Partition of India, Punjab extended across
both sides of what is now the India-Pakistan border, and its
former capital Lahore is now the capital of the Punjab state in
Pakistan.
APITAL
yana.

den,
land, and includes 50,000 rose-trees of different species.

C

Chandigarh, designed by the famous Swiss architect Le
Corbusier is the capital of both the states of Punjab and Har
It is administered as a Union Territory from Delhi. Special
features in Chandigarh include the Secretariat, High Court, State
Library, Assembly Chambers, University, Botanical Garden and
a beautiful man-made lake, Sukhna. Asia's largest rose gar
Zakir Gulab Bagh, spreads out over 30 acres of

The Rock Garden in Chandigarh
consists of unique collection of figurines
made from used ceramic material.
Photograph courtesy of Julian Benjamin
CLIMATE

Temperature varies between 10 to 35 degrees Celsius. There are
three well defined seasons in the Punjab. These are:

1. Hot Season
(mid-April to the end of June)
2. Monsoon Season
(early July to the end of September)
3. Cold Season
(early December to the end of February)

POPULATION

Total population of Punjab State is 24.29 million.


HISTORY

Punjab represents Indian culture dating back to 7000 B.C, when one of the earliest human civilizations, known
as the Indus Valley Civilization was known to have existed in the Punjab region. Over the centuries Punjab has
seen invasions by numerous foreigners including the Persians, Alexander the Great, a few prominent Chinese
tribes, the Mughals and finally the British. With each invasion and subsequent change of rulers Punjab absorbed
a lot of the culture and traditions of the invaders, eventually creating the wonderful amalgamation of present
day Punjab. Besides being one of the leading grain producers in the country, Punjab also has significant hosiery,
textile, and thermal power related industries.
2
RELIGION

Sikhism, the prevalent religion was founded in the 15
th
century by Guru Nanak Sahib. It was propagated further
by the other nine gurus who were regarded as reincarnations of Guru Nanak ji. Eventually, the tenth Guru, Guru
Gobind ji modified the Sikhs to a community and formed the Khalsa. All Sikhs who take Amrit (the holy
nectar) have to abstain from alcohol, tobacco and other intoxicants and also adhere to the 5 Ks’ (norms) of
donning a Kach (underwear), Kara (metal band), Kirpan (small sword), Kanghi (comb) and Kes (uncut hair).






3
LANGUAGES

Punjabi and Hindi.
Many people are fluent in English and Urdu.
The Golden Temple at Amritsar is the
most sacred temple of the Sikhs.


CUSTOMS

Punjabis observe many holidays related to all the prevalent religions
present in the country and many dancing and music festivals are held
throughout the year. Vaisakhi is celebrated to commemorate the creation
of the Khasla. Guru Purav for Guru Nanak’s birthday. Lohri is to
welcome the spring. In addition, both young and old enjoy sports, namely
soccer “football”, cricket, and tennis nationwide.

One of the prevailing attractions in Punjab is the colorful and diversified
attire of its people: the silk saris, brightly mirrored cholis, colorful
lehangas and the traditional salwar-kameez.


Despite cultural progress, arranged marriages are still common
in Punjab; and even though it is illegal, giving dowry to the
groom is still very common.







4
THE PUNJABI LANGUAGE

Punjabi is the language of the natives of Punjab and Pakistan province of Punjab. It evolved during the period of
religious revival in the 15
th
and 16
th
century, by Guru Nanak. It is written in the Gurmukhi Script, which
literally means ‘from the mouth of the Guru’, referring to its use in the ‘Guru Granth Sahib’, the holy scripture
of the Sikhs.

Gurmukhi character is followed by its Roman transliteration with each consonant to end in ‘a’, in the absence
of any other vowel sign, consonant is followed by an inherent ‘a’ sound (like ‘a’ in majority), unless it occurs at
the end of each word, when it is not pronounced or is otherwise silenced. Aspirated consonants are produced
with an audible expulsion of breath, non-aspirated consonants with minimal breath. Punjabi for example
distinguishes unaspirated ka and ta from kha and tha. Then there are the dental and retroflex consonants. In
dental the tongue touches the upper front teeth, whereas with the retroflex the tip of the tongue is curled
upwards against the palate. Nasal sound in this text is shown
as ‘n*’.

VOWELS

XVowels may take on a long form (top row) or a short form (bottom row); this eliminates the need to write out
the complete letter. Punjabi has three vowel symbols.


Ç oora
H aira
E iri


These are used only in the beginning of a word or as second member of compound vowel. Names are given for
the short form.


H H' lE El Ç Q E E H H
a ã i Ï u ü e ai o au
;
l l

Kanna sihari bihari aunkar dulainkre la dulawa hora kanaura







5
CONSONANTS

For easier identification, use the first two alphabets of the Romanized form.


F H E P ü
oora aira iri sasa haha

¤ u Ð ± 5
kaka khakha gaga kagha nana*

F Z R 5 ¥
chacha chhacha jaja cajha nana*

Z B B E E
tainka thaththa dada tadha nana*

B ü E ± F
tata thaththa dada tadha nana

u E F 5 P
pappa phaphpha baba pabha mama

R ü B T 3
yaya rara lalla vava rara

P

sha
















6
CONSONANTS PROUNUNCIATION WITH EXAMPLES

F
oo as in ugh
QB
Utha (camel)
H
ai as in un
HF
Amb (mango)
E
i as in ill
lERE
Engine (engine)
P
sa as in suit
P¤B
School (school)
ü
ha as in hat
üü
Hath (hand)
¤
ka as in car
¤FBü
Kabootar (pigeon)
u
kha as in kit
uüÐP
khargosh (rabbit)
Ð
ga as in go
ÐPB'
gamla (vase)
±
gha as in dog
±3l
ghadi (watch)
B∑
na* as in ink

nasal sound
F
che as in cheese
FPF'
chemacha (spoon)
Z
cha as in church
ZBül
chataree (umbrella)
R
ja as in jean

jag (pitcher)
5
jha as in jar
5B'
jhanda (flag)
¥
na*

nasal sound
Z
ta as in talk
Z¤ül
tokari(basket)
B
tha as in tum
BB'
thela(cart)
B
da as in drum
BPü
dumroo (drum)
E
Doha as in dong
EB¤l
dholaki(rounddrum)
E
na

nasal sound
B
ta (no English equivalent )
BB'
tota(parrot)
ü
tha as in thank
üüPP
tharmas (thermos)
E
da as ‘d ‘ in breadth
ET'B
dawat (ink )
ü
dha (no English equivalent )
üFl
dhobi (washer man)
F
na as in nose
FB¤'
nalka (tap)
u
pa as in pin
uüE'
parda(curtain)
E
pha as in found
EB
phal (fruit)
F
ba as in bin
FÐlF'
bagicha (garden)
5
bha as in bun
5'B
bhaloo (bear)
P
ma as in mother
P'
ma(mother)
R
ya as in you

yudh(war)
ü
ra as in role
üü
rath (chariot)
B
la as in love
B3¤l
ladki (girl)
T
va as in when
TBE'
velena* (year)
3
rara (no English equivalent)


7
P
sha same as shudder
PBÐP
shalagam (turnip)

F QB
Utha (camel)
H HF
Amb (mango)
E lERE
Engine (engine)
P P¤B
School (school)
ü üü
Hath (hand)
¤ ¤FBü
Kabootar (pigeon)
u uüÐP
khargosh (rabbit)
Ð ÐPB'
gamla (vase)
± ±3l
ghadi (watch)
B∑
nasal sound
F FPF'
chemacha (spoon)
Z ZBül
chataree (umbrella)
R RÐ
jag (pitcher)
5 5B'
jhanda (flag)
¥
nasal sound
Z Z¤ül
Tokari (basket)
B BB'
thela(cart)
B BPü
dumroo (drum)
E EB¤l
Dholaki (rounddrum)
E
nasal sound
B BB'
Tota (parrot)
ü üüPP
tharmas (thermos)
E ET'B
dawat (ink )
ü üFl
dhobi (washer man)
F FB¤'
nalka (tap)
u uüE'
Parda (curtain)
E EB
phal (fruit)
F FÐlF'
bagicha (garden)
5 5'B
bhaloo (bear)
P P'
ma (mother)
R Rü
yudh (war)
ü üü
rath (chariot)
B B3¤l
ladki (girl)
T TBE'
velena* (year)
8
3
Not used
P PBÐP
shalagam (turnip)

9
10
Lesson 1 VALIDATION COPY 1.0 JUNE 2007
Geography and People
5 Ð B HB B ¤/RFB'
bhagol atei lok/janta


This lesson will introduce you to:
- simple greetings and basic introductions in Punjabi
- how to greet people in formal and informal situations in Punjabi
- personal pronouns
- possessive pronouns
- how to use the verbs “to be” and “to live” in the present tense
- basic geographic names in Punjab State.


PEOPLE

1. Listen as the following people introduce themselves.





uülTEü Pu` H'lEBR' Fü'F ¤BuF' RPT'B ü'R lP±
Parvinder Sekhon Aditya Chauhan Kalpna Jaswal Raj Singh



FBFlü lP± PF'ü BPü PülB' ¤ü Ðül 5B'ül
Balbir Singh Sanah Tomar Sarita Kaur Gauri Bhandari

11
2. Listen to this simple greeting in Punjabi and repeat after the speaker.

XGreetings and polite phrases such as good day, good afternoon and good evening, you’re welcome and others
are recognized in the Punjabi language, but are not used; they are spoken in English only. People will generally
join their hands and say “Sat Sri Akal.” This greeting is for any time of the day.

PlB Pl H¤'B Sat sri akal Hello, Hi, Good morning, Good afternoon, Good night.


3. Familiarize yourself with personal pronouns. Listen to the audio and repeat after the speaker.

I
P`
Main* we
HPl`
Asi*
you
BPl
Tusi you (plural)
BPl`
Tusi*
he
Çü
Oh they
Çü
Oh
she
Çü
Oh


4. Listen to the following dialogues and repeat after the speaker. Read the dialogues in pairs.

In the morning
PT ü
sawere
Neera: Good morning!
Flü': PlB Pl H¤'B J
Neera: Sat sri akal.
Simi: Good morning.
lPPl: PlB Pl H¤'B J
Simi: Sat sri akal.



During the day
lEF
Dineh
Kalpna: Good afternoon, Vinod.
PlB Pl H¤'B lTFEJ
Sat sri akal Vinod.
Vinod: Good afternoon, Kalpna.
PlB Pl H¤'B ¤BuF' J
Sat sri akal Kalpna.
Kalpna: How are you?
Bü'B' ¤l ü'B ü ?
Tuhada ki haal hai.
Vinod: Fine, thank you, and you?
Bl¤, üFT'EJ HB BPl`J
Teekh, dhanvad.ateh tusi*?
Kalpna: Very well.
Bl¤ J
Teekh.



In the Evening
P'Pl
Shami
Raji: Good evening, Raja.
PlB Pl H¤'B ü'R' J
Sat sri akal Raja.
Raja: Good evening.
PlB Pl H¤'B J
Sat sri akal.
Raji: How are you, Raja?
Bü'B' ¤l ü'B ü ü'R' ?
Tuhada ki haal hai Raja?
Raja: Fine, thank you, and you?
Bl¤, üFT'EJ HB BPl`J
Teekh, dhanvad.ateh tusi*?
Raji: Fine. Good night.
Bl¤J PlB Pl H'¤'B J
Teekh. Sat sri akal.
Raja: Good night.
PlB Pl H¤'B ü'Rl J
Sat sri akal.
12
Informal
P'ü'üE
Sadhran
Preet: Hi, Dolly.
PlB Pl H¤'B BBlJ
Sat sri akal Dolly.
Dolly: Hi!
PlB Pl H¤'BJ
Sat sri akal.
Preet: How are you?
Bü'B' ¤l ü'B ü ?
Tuhada haal ki hai?
Dolly: Good. And you?
FÐ'J HB B?
Chan*ga. Ateh tu* ?
Preet: Good!
FÐ'J
Chan*ga.
Dolly: Bye!
PlB Pl H¤'B J
Sat sri akal.


I am from…
P` ü'····· B`
Main* han*…..to*
You are from…
BPl ü ····· B` Tusi ho…..to*
He is from…
Çü ü ······ B`
Oh hai……..to*
She is from…
Çü ü ······B` Oh hai…..to*
It is from…
lEü ü······ B` Eh hai …….. to*
We are from…
HPl üF····· B` Asi* han…… to*
You are from…
BPl ü ····· B` Tusi ho…..to*
They are from…
Çü üF······ B` Oh han…….. to*






















13
GEOGRAPHY

5. Study the map of India and identify the states/provinces and capital cities.



14
6. Listen to the following sentences and repeat after the speaker.

1. I am Indian.
P` 5'üBl ü'J
Main* bharati han*
I am from Punjab State.
P` uR'F B ü' J
Main* Punjab ton* han*



2. He is Punjabi.
Çü uR'Fl ü J
Oh Punjabi hai.
He is from India.
Çü 5'üB B` ü J
Oh bharat ton* hai.



3. She is Punjabi.
Çü uR'Fl ü J
Eh Punjabi hai.
She is from Hoshiarpur.
Çü ülPH'üuü B` ü J
Eh Hoshiarpur ton* hai.



4. We are Sikhs.
HPl` lPu ü' J
Asi* Sikh han*.
We are from Amritsar.
HPl` HlPBPü B` ü' J
Asi* Amritsar ton* han*.



5. You are Punjabi.
BPl uR'Fl ü J
Tusi Punjabi ho.
You are from Chandigarh.
BPl FBlÐ3 B` ü J
Tusi Chandigarh ton* ho.



6. They are Indians.
Çü 5'üBl üFJ
Oh bharati han.
They are from New Delhi.
Çü FTl` lEBl B` üF J
Oh navi* Delhi ton* han.


7. Pretend you and your classmates are from Punjab State. Introduce yourself and your classmates to
your friend in Punjabi. Use the model below and the map.

P` uR'Fl ü' J P` RBüü B ü' J ü'R uR'Fl ü J Çü FTl` lEBl B ü J ü'R' HB HFlB' ÐRü'Bl üFJ Çü PüB ülü
E üF J
Main* Punjabi ha*. Main* Jalandhar to* ha*. Raj Punjabi hai. Oh New Delhi to* hai. Raja atei Anita gujrati han.
Oh Surat rahin*de han.


Where are you from?
B Pl l¤ü ü ?
Tusi kitho ho?
Where is he (she/it) from?
Çü ( Çü) l¤ü ü ?
Oh(eh) kitho hai.
Where are we (they) from?
HPl` (Çü) l¤ü üF ?
Asi*(oh) kitho han.







15
8. Listen to the following dialogues in Punjabi. Repeat after the speaker and follow along.

1. A. I am from Amritsar.
P` HlPBPü B ü'J
Main* Amritsar ton* han*.
Where are you from?
B Pl l¤ü ü ?
Tusi kitho ho?
B. I am from Hoshiarpur.
P` ülPH'üuü B ü' J
Main* Hoshiarpur ton* han*.



2. A. Preeti is from Pathankot.
ulBl uB'F¤Z B ü J
Preeti Pathankot ton* hai.
Where is Raj from?
ü'R l¤ü ü ?
Raj kitho hai?
B. He is from Chandigarh.
Çü FBlÐ3 B ü J
Oh Chandigarh ton* hai.



3. A. I am from Jammu.
P` RP B ü' J
Main* Jammu ton* han*.
Where are you and Niti from?
BPl HB FlBl l¤ü ü ?
Tusi ateh Niti kitho ho?
B. We are from Bhatinda.
HPl` FlBB' B ü' J
Asi* Bhatinda ton* han*.



4. A. Roza is from Ropar.
üR' üu3 B ü J
Roza Ropar ton* hai.
Where are Puja and Raja from?
uR' HB ü'R' l¤ü üF ?
Puja ateh Raja kitho han.
B. They are from Patiala.
Çü ulZH'B' B üF J
Oh Patiala ton* han.

9. Role-play the dialogues above, using the map of India.

Am I from Kolkatta? Yes, I am. No, I am not.
¤l P` ¤B¤B' B` ü' ? ü', P` ü' J Fül` , P` Fül` ü' J

Are you from Mumbai? Yes, you are. No, you are not.
¤l BPl PFEl B` ü ? ü' , BPl ü J Fül` , BPl Fül` ü J

Is he from Chandigarh? Yes, he is. No, he is not.
¤l Çü FBlÐ3 B` ü ? ü', Çü ü J Fül` Çü Fül` ü J

Is she from Jalandhar, Punjab? Yes, she is. No, she is not.
¤l Çü RBüü,uR'F B` ü ? ü' , Çü ü J Fül`, Çü Fül` ü J

Is it from Rajasthan? Yes, it is. No, it is not.
¤l lEü ü'lRPü'F B` ü ? ü', lEü ü J Fül`, lEü Fül` ü J

Are we from New Delhi? Yes, we are. No, we are not.
¤l HPl` FTl` lEBl B` ü' ? ü' , HPl` ü' J Fül` , HPl` Fül` ü' J

Are they from Kerala? Yes, they are. No, they are not.
¤l Çü ¤üB' B` üF J ü', Çü üF J Fül`, Çü Fül` üF J
16
10. Read the following dialogues and role-play them.

1. A. Are you from India? B. Yes, I am.
¤l BPl 5'üB B ü ? ü' J
Ki tusi Bharat ton* ho? han*.

2. A. Are you from Jalandhar?

B. No, I am not. I am from Chandigarh.
¤l BPl RBüü B ü ? Fül` J P` FBlÐ3 B ü' J
Ki tusi Jalandhar ton* ho? nahi* mani* chandigarh ton* Han*.

3. A. Is Baljit from Amritsar?

B. Yes, he is.
¤l FBRlB HlPBPü B ü? ü' J
Ki Baljit Amritsar ton* hai? han*.

4. A. Are Raju and Rita from Hoshiarpur?

B. Yes, they are.
¤l ü'R HB ülZ' ülPH'üuü B` üF? ü' J
Ki Raju ateh Rita Hoshiarpur ton* han? Han*.

XDepending on the relationship, Mr. and Mrs. are usually used when meeting for the first time, and then usage of
first names is most common.




What is your name?
Bü'B' F' ¤l ü ?
What is your name?
Bü'B' F' ¤l ü ?
Tuhada na* ki hai? Tuhada na* ki hai?
My name is Raman.
Pü' F' üPF ü J
My name is Rajdeep.
Pü' F' ü'RElu ü J
Mera na* Raman hai. Mera na* Rajdeep hai.





I
P`
Main* My
Pü'
Mera
You
B (informal)
Tun* Your
Bü'B'
Tuhada
You
BPl (formal)
Tusi


He
Çü
Oh His
ÇüE'
Ehda
She
Çü
Oh Her
ÇüE'
Ehda
It
lEü
Eh Its
lEüE'
Ehda
We
HPl`
Asi* Our
P'B'
Sada
You
BPl
Tusi* Yours
Bü'B
Tuhade
They
Çü
Oh Their
ÇlF'E'
ohnhan*da
17


What is her
name?
ÇP E' F' ¤l ü?
Us da na* ki hai?
What is his name?
ÇP E' F' ¤l ü ?
Us da na* ki hai?
Her name is
Rajinder.
ÇP E' F' ülREü ü J
Usda na* Rajinder hai.
His name is
Parvinder.
ÇP E' F' uülTEü ü J
Usda na* Parvinder hai.


11. Listen to the following dialogue and repeat after the speaker.

A. Good morning!
PlB Pl H¤'B J
Sat sri akal.
B. Good morning!
PlB Pl H¤'B J
Sat sri akal.
A. My name is Kalpna.
What is your name?
Pü' F' ¤BuF' ü JBü'B' ¤l F' ü ?
Mera na* Kalpna hai.
Tuhada ki na* hai?
B. My name is Samita.
Pü' F' PPlB' ü J
Mera na* Samita hai.
A. Nice to meet you, Samita.
Bü'F lPB ¤ uPl üEl PPlB' J
Tuhanu milke khushi hoee Samita.
B. Nice to meet you, Kalpna.
Bü'F lPB ¤ uPl üEl ¤BuF' J
Tuhanu milke khushi hoee Kalpna.






18
12. Work in pairs or in small groups. Look at the pictures and make up similar dialogues.

1. Where do you live?
BPl l¤ü ülüE ü ?
Tusi kithe rahin*de ho?

2. I live in Jalandhar.
P` RBüü ülüE' ü' J
Main* Jalandhar rahin*da han*.

3. Did you live in Delhi before?
¤l BPl ulüB' lEBl ülüE Pl ?
Ki tusi pahila Delhi rahin*de si?

4. Where are you going to live now?
üE BPl l¤ü üüÐ?
Hun* tusi kithe rahoge?


13. Listen to the following statements and repeat after the speaker.


Ludhiana (known for its hosiery industry)

Hoshiarpur (known for its delicious kinoo oranges)

My name is Raju.
Pü' F' ü'R ü J
Mera na* Raju hai.

I live in Ludhiana.
P` BlüH'E' ülüE' ü' J
Main Ludhiana rahin*da han*.
His name is Arvind.
ÇPE' F' HülTE ü J
Usda nam Arvind hai.

He lives in Hoshiarpur.
Çü ülPH'üuü ülüE' ü J
Oh Hoshiarpur rahin*da hai.

19

Jalandhar City

We live in Jalandhar.
HPl RBüü ülüE ü' J
Asi Jalandhar rahin*de han*.


14. Read the following sentences. Translate them into English. Check your work with the answer key.

1.
ülZ' lEBl ülüEl ü J
Rita Delhi rahin*di hai.

2.
¤l BPl RBüü ülüE ü? ü' J
Ki tusi Jalandhar rahin*de ho? Han*

3.
ü'R' BlüH'F' Fül ülüE' J
Raja Ludhiana nahi rahin*da

4.
BPl l¤ü ülüE ü? P` ulZH'B' ülüE' ü' J
Tusi kithe rahin*de ho? Main* Patiala rahin*da han*

5.
u'B HB ET l¤ü ülüE üF ? Çü HlPBPü ülüE üF J
Pal ateh Dev kithe rahin*de han? Oh Amritsar rahin*de han.

15. Listen to the following dialogue and repeat after the speaker. Follow along in your workbook.
Make up a similar dialogue. Work in pairs or in small groups.

A.
PlB Pl H¤'B
Sat sri akal
B.
PlB Pl H¤'B
Sat sri akal
A.
B.
Pü' F' ¤BuF' ü J Bü'B' ¤l F'P ü ?
Pü' F' HülTE ü J
Mera na* Kalpna hai. Tuhada kin nam hai?
Mera na* Arvind hai.
A.
Bü'F lPB¤ uPl üEl ¤BuF' J
Tuhanu milke khushi hoee Kalpna
B.
Bü'F lPB¤ uPl üEl HülTE J
Tuhanu milke khushi hoee Arvind.
A.
P` lEBl ülüE' ü'J BPl l¤ü ülüE ü?
Main* Delhi rahin*da han*.Tusi kithe rahin*de ho?
B.
P` PFEl ülüE' ü' J
Main* Mumbai rahin*da han*.


20
16. Imagine that you are new to the class. Ask your partner about the rest of the students (their names
and where they live). Use the model below. Work in pairs or in small groups.

A. ÇPE' F' ¤l ü ?
Usda na* ki hai ?
B. ÇPE' F' uülTEü ü J
Usda na* Parvinder hai.
A. Çü l¤ü ülüE' ü ?
Oh kithe rahin*da hai?
B. Çü ülPH'üuü ülüE' ü J
Oh Hoshiarpur rahin*da hai.

17. What is the question? Read the answers below and reproduce the questions in the Punjabi. Check
your work with the answer key.

1. _________________ ?
Fül` J P` 5'üB B ü' J
Nahi*. Main* Bharat to* ha*.

2. _________________?
ü' , ülüE ü' J
Ha*, rahin*de ha*.

3. _________________?
ü' , ülüE üF J
Ha*, rahin*de han.

4. _________________?
ü' , ülüEl ü J
Ha*, rahin*di hai.

5. _________________?
Fül` , Çü lEBl B ü J
Nahi*, oh Delhi to* hai.

6. _________________?
ü', Pü' F' üTl ü J
Ha*, mera na* Ravi hai.

7. _________________?
Fül`, Çü PlP'E PüP' Fül` J
Nahi*, oh sriman Sharma nahi*.

8. _________________?
ü', P` HlPBPü B ü' J
Ha*, main* Amritsar to* ha*.













21

End-of-Lesson Tasks

1. Read the following sentences and translate them from English into Punjabi. Check your work with the
answer key.

A. My name is Rita. I am from Punjab, India.
B. Do you live in Jalandhar? Yes.
C. His name is Parvinder. He lives in Mumbai.
D. We are from Gujrat.
E. My name is Kalpna. I am from Punjab.
F. His name is Raja. He lives in Shimla.
G. Her name is Simi. She lives in Chandigarh.
H. What is your name? My name is Neera.

2. Pretend that you are at a party. Introduce yourself to other people and ask them their names, where
they are from, and where they live. Work in pairs or in small groups. Use the model below.


A.PlB Pl H ¤'B, Pü' F' ¤BuF' ü J Bü'B' ¤l F' ü ?
Sat sri akal, mera nam Kalpna hai. Tuhada ki nam hai?
B.PlB Pl H ¤'B, Pü' F' ülZ' ü J
Sat sri akal mera nam Rita hai.

A.P` 5'üB B ü' J BPl l¤ü ü ?
main* Bharat ton* han* . Tusi kithon ho?
B.P` HPül¤' B ü' J
main* America ton* han*.




A. P` RBüü ülüEl ü' J BPl l¤ü ülüE ü ?
main* Jalandhar rehan*di han*. Tusi kithe rahan*de ho.
B. P` lEBl ülüEl ü' J
main* Delhi rehan*di han*.

3. Introduce your friend to your classmates. Use the model below.

ÇPE' F' HülTE ü J
Çü 5'üB B üFJ
Çü lPu üF J
Çü lPH'ZB ülüE üF J
Usda nam Arvind hai.
Oh Bharat ton* han.
Oh Sikh han.
Oh Seattle rehan*de han.
22
Vocabulary List

Hello
PlB Pl H¤'B
Sat sri akal
Hi
PlB Pl H¤'B
Sat sri akal
Good morning
PlB Pl H¤'B
Sat sri akal
Good afternoon
PlB Pl H¤'B
Sat sri akal
Good evening
PlB Pl H¤'B
Sat sri akal
Good night
PlB Pl H¤'B
Sat sri akal
Good-bye
PlB Pl H¤'B
Sat sri akal
How are you?
Bü'B' ¤l ü'B ü ?
Tuhada ki hal hai?
Fine/ very well
Bl¤ ü
Teekh hai
Thank you
üFT'E
Dhanvad
Nice to meet you.
Bü'F lPB¤ uPl üElJ
Tuhanu milke khushi hoee.
My name is …
Pü' F' ü_____
Mera na* hai…..
I
P`
Main*
He
Çü
Oh
She
Çü
Oh
You
BPl
Tusi
We
HPl`
Asi*
You (plural)
BPl`
Tusi*
They
Çü
Oh
To live in
ülüE'
Rahina*
No
Fül`
Nahi*
Yes
ü'
Han*
To be
üE'
Hona*
Where are you from?
BPl l¤ü ü ?
Tusi kithon ho?
What is your name?
Bü'B' F' ¤l ü ?
Tuhada na* ki hai?
Where do you live?
BPl l¤ü ülüE ü ?
Tusi kithe rahin*de ho?
My
Pü'
Mera
Your
Bü'
Tera
His
ÇPE'
Usda
Her
ÇPE'
Usda
Our
P'B'
Sada
Yours (plural)
Bü'B
Tuhade
Their
ÇF'E'
Unhan*da




23
Answer Key

14.
1. Rita lives in Delhi.
2. Do you live in Jalandhar? Yes, I do.
3. Raja does not live in Ludhiana.
4. Where do you live? I live in Patiala.
5. Where do Pal and Dev live? They live in Amritsar.

17.
1. ¤l BPl HPül¤' B' ü ?
Fül` P` 5'üB B ü' J
2. ¤l BPl RBüü ülüE ü ?
ü' , ülüE' ü' J
3. ¤l Çü FBlÐ3 ülüE' ü ?
ü', ülüE' ü J
4. ¤l Çü ¤FB' ülüEl ü ?
ü', ülüEl ü J
5. ¤l Çü FBlÐ3 B ü ?
Fül`, Çü lEBl B ü J
6. ¤l Bü'B' F'P üTl ü ?
ü' , ü J
7. ¤l Çü PlP'E PüP' üF ?
Fül`, Çü PlP'E PüP' Fül` üF J
8. ¤l BPl HlPBPü B ü ?
ü', P` ü' J

End-of-Lesson Tasks
1.
A. My name is Rita. I am from Punjab, India.
Pü' F'P ülZ' ü J P' uR'F B ü' J
B. Do you live in Jalandhar? Yes.
¤l BPl RBüü ülüE ü? ü' J
C. His name is Parvinder. He lives in Mumbai.
ÇPE' F'P uülTEü ü J Çü PFEl ülüE' ü J
D. We are from Gujrat.
HPl ÐRü'B B ü' J
E. My name is Kalpna. I am from Punjab.
Pü' F'P ¤BuF' ü J P` uR'F B ü' J
F. His name is Raja. He lives in Shimla.
ÇPE' F'P ü'R' ü J Çü lPPB' B ü J
24
G. Her name is Simi. She lives in Chandigarh.
ÇPE' F'P lPPl ü JÇü FlBÐ3 ülüEl ü J
H. What is your name? My name is Neera.
Bü'B' F'P ¤l ü ? Pü' F'P Flü' ü J

25
Lesson 2 VALIDATION COPY 1.0 JUNE 2007
Living and Working
ülüE·FlüE HB ¤ P
Rahin*-Bahin* atei Kam


This lesson will introduce you to:
- Typical housing arrangements of most people living in Punjab
- Using “or” in questions about living arrangements and professions
- The verb “to have” in the present tense
- Names of professions (singular and plural forms).



1. Look at the pictures below and listen to the words. Repeat the words after the speaker.



apartment
EBZ
flat

apartment building
5TF
bhavan

room
¤Pü'
kamra

house
±ü
ghar



military camp
ERl ¤`u
fauji camp
tent
ZZ
tent

barracks
Fü¤R
barracks

hotel
üZB
hotel






26
2. Match the Punjabi words on the left with their English equivalents on the right. Replay the audio from
the previous section if necessary.

ZZ
tent Hotel
¤Pü'
kamra Tent
±ü
ghar Barracks
EBZ
flat Room
üZB
hotel Military camp
5TF
bhavan House
Fü¤
barrack Apartment
ERl ¤`u
fauji camp Apartment building


3. Read the following sentences and translate them into English. Check your work with the answer key.

1. ü'R ERl ¤`u E ZZ lTF ülüE' ü J
Raju fauji camp de tent vich rahin*da hai.

2. ülZ' ZZ EBZ lTF ülüEl ü J
Rita chote flat vich rahin*di hai.

3. ulZü HB RBl TB ±ü lTF ülüE üF J
Peter atei Julie vade ghar vich rahin*de han.
4. üTl üZB lTF ülüE' ü J
Ravi hotel vich rahin*da hai.

5. üPF HB uülTEü Fü¤P lTF ülüE üF J
Raman atei Parvinder barracks vich rahin*de han.

6. R'F HB P` H'uE ±ü ülüE ü' J
Janu atei main* aapne* ghar rahin*de ha*.


4. Listen to the following dialogues and repeat after the speaker. Follow along in your workbook.
Then, make up similar dialogues. Work in pairs or in small groups.

1. A. I live in a big house.

P` TB ±ü lTF ülüE' ü' J
Main* vade ghar vich rahin*da ha*.
Where do you live?
BPl l¤ü ülüE ü ?
Tusi kithe rahin*de ho?
B. I live in a tent in a military camp.
P` ZZ lTF ülüE' ü' , ERl ¤`u B J
Main* tent vich rahin*da ha*, fauji camp te.


2. A. Anita lives in the hotel.

Where does Rita live?
HFlB' üZB lTF ülüEl ü J
Anita hotel vich rahin*di hai.
ülZ' l¤ü ülüEl ü ?
Rita kithe rahin*di hai?
B. Rita lives in an apartment building.
ülZ' EBZ lTF ülüEl ü J
Rita flat vich rahin*di hai.
27
3. A. We live in the barracks.

Where do Sheru and Ramu live?
HPl` Fü¤ lTF ülüE ü' J
Asi* barracks vich rahin*de ha*.
Pü HB ü'P l¤ü ülüE üF?
Sheru atei Ramu kithe rahin*de han?
B. They live in the military camp.
Çü ERl ¤`u lTF ülüE üF J
Oh fauji camp vich rahin*de han.


In Punjabi only ‘jan*’ is used for ‘or’.
For example, “Do you live in the barracks or in the military camp?”
¤l BPl Fü¤P lTF ülüE ü R' ERl ¤`u lTF ?
Ki tusi barracks vich rahin*de ho jan* fauji camp vich?


5. Read the following dialogues and translate them into English. Check your work with the answer key.
Make up similar dialogues using the words below. Work in pairs or in small groups.

1. A. ¤l BPl ±ü lTF ülüE ü R' EBZ lTF?

Ki tusi ghar vich rahin*de ho ja* flat vich?
B. P` ±ü lTF ülüEl ü' J
Main* ghar vich rahin*da han*.

2. A. ¤l Çü üZB lTF ülüE üF R' 5TF lTF ?
Ki oh hotel vich rahin*de han ja* bhavan vich ?

B. Çü 5TF lTF ülüE üF J

Oh bhavan vich rahin*de han.


6. Compose selected questions using the model and the words below. Check your work with the answer
key.

Model: Do you live in a tent or in the barracks?
¤l BPl Z`Z lTF ülüE ü R' Fü¤P lTF ?
Ki tusi tent vich rahin*de ho jan* barracks vich?

BPl`
Tusi
ZZ/Fü¤
Tent/barrack
Çü
Oh
üZB/±ü
Hotel/ghar
Çü
Oh
5TF/ERl ¤`u
Bhavan/faugi camp
Çü
Oh
¤Pü'/±ü
Kamra/ghar
HPl`
Asi*
EBZ/üZB
Flat/hotel





28
7. Listen to the speaker and circle the words you hear. Check your work with the answer key.

1. barracks tent
2. house apartment building
3. military camp room
4. apartment hotel


Study the verb “to have.”

I have Mere kol hai
Pü ¤B ü
You have Tuhade kol hai
B ü'3 ¤ B ü
He/she has Ohde/ohde kol hai
ÇüE/ÇüE ¤B ü
We have Sade kol hai
P'B ¤B ü
You (plural) have Tuhade (tuhade)kol hai
Bü'B (Bü'B ) ¤B ü
They have Unhan* de kol hai
ÇF'E ¤B ü


8. Listen to the following sentences and repeat after the speaker. Follow along in your workbook.

1. I have a house in Delhi. Mere kol ghar hai Delhi vich.
Pü ¤B ±ü ü lEBl lTF J

2. We have a room in an
apartment building.

Sade kol bhavan vich kamra hai.

P'B ¤B 5TF lTF ¤Pü' ü J

3. Raju has an apartment in
Chandigarh.

Raju kol Chandigarh vich flat hai.

ü'R ¤B FBlÐ3 lTF EBZ ü J

4. Anita and Raj have their
house in Jalandhar.

Anita ate Raj kol Jalandhar vich ghar
hai.

HFlB' HB ü'R ¤B RBüü lTF ±ü ü J


9. Make up sentences using the correct form of the verb “to have.”


Model: I have an apartment.
Pü ¤B EBZ ü J
mere kol flat hai.







Bü'B ±ü ü
ÇüE

ÇüE EBZ ü
lEüE

P'B ¤Pü' ü
ÇF'E
¤B

29
India is a very developed nation; all kinds of job opportunities are available there. Punjab is mostly an
agricultural state; the main occupation is farming. However, it is also known for its industries. Good jobs are
available, depending on one’s education.


10. Listen to the new vocabulary related to professions and repeat after the speaker.

Profession Pesha
uP'
Doctor Doctor
B'¤Zü
Nurse Nurse
FüP
Laborer Majdoor
PREü
Teacher Adhiyapak
HlüH'u¤
Student Vidyarthi
lTlEH'üül
Soldier Sipahi/ fauji/senik
lPu'ül/ERl/PlF¤
Mechanic Machenic
P¤lF¤
Farmer Kisan
l¤P'F
Police officer Police officer
uBlP HEPü
Waitress Waitress
TZüÊP
Interpreter Anuvadak
HFT'lE¤


11. Circle the more likely profession of the two choices under the photo.




FüP R' HlüH'u¤ ?
Nurse jan* adhiyapak
uBlP HEPü R' l¤P'F?
Police afsar jan* kisan
TZüÊP R' B'¤Zü?
Waitress jan* doctor
lPu'ül R' HFT'lE¤?
Sipahi jan* anuvadak




30
12. Match the Punjabi words on the right with their English equivalents on the left. Check your work
with the answer key.

1. Profession waitress
A. TZüÊP
2. Doctor kisan
B. l¤P'F
3. Nurse anuvadak
C. HF T'lE¤
4. Laborer pesha
D. uP'
5. Teacher nurse
E. FüP
6. Student police officer
F. uBlP HEPü
7. Soldier doctor
G. B'¤Zü
8. Mechanic majdoor
H. PREü
9. Farmer vidyarthi
I. lTlEH'üül
10. Police officer kisan
J. l¤P'F
11. Waitress machanic
K. P¤lF¤
12. Interpreter adhiyapak
L. HlüH'u¤
13. Listen to the plural form of nouns related to the names of professions, and repeat after the
speaker.
Profession - professions Soldier - soldiers
uP' uP lPu'ül lPu'ülH'
Pesha Peshe Sipahi Sipahia*

Doctor - doctors Mechanic - mechanics
B'¤Zü B'¤Zü' P¤lF¤ P¤lF¤'
Doctor Doctora* Mechanic Mechanica*

Nurse - nurses Farmer - farmers
FüP FüP' l¤P'F l¤P'F'
Nurse Nursa* Kisan Kisana*

Laborer - laborers Police officer - police officers
PREü PREü' uBlP HEPü uBlP HEPü'
Majdoor Majdoora* Police officer Police officera*

Teacher - teachers Waitress - waitresses
HlüH'u¤ HlüH'u¤' TZüÊP TZüÊP
Adhiyapak Adhiyapaka* Waitress Waitress

Student - students Interpreter - interpreters
lTlEH'üül lTlEH'üülH' HFT'lE¤ HFT'lE¤'
Vidyarthi Vidyarthia* Anuvadik Anuvadika*

31
Plurals form a nasal ‘a’ sound at the end of the singular form of the word. Example: ‘kisan’ becomes ‘kisana*.


14. Listen to the speaker and put a circle around each word you hear. Replay the audio as many
times as you need to. Check your answers with the answer key.


A. Çü P¤lF¤/l¤P'F ü J

B. Çü HlüH'u¤/B'¤Zü (üF)üF J

C. Çü HFT'lE¤/lTlEH'üül ü J

D. Çü uBlP HEPü/lPu'ül (üF) üF J

32
End-of-Lesson Tasks


1. Give a brief introduction of yourself, listing your name, where you are from, where you live, and what
your occupation is in Punjabi.

Pü' F'P ¤BuF' ü J P` uR'Fl ü' J P` 5'üB B ü' J P` ülPH'üuü ülüEl ü' J P` HlüH'u¤ ü' J
P` EBZ lTF ülüEl ü' J

Mera naa* Kalpna hai. Main* Punjabi han*. Main* Bharat to* han*. Main* Hoshiarpur rahin*di han*. Main*
adhiyapak han*. Main* flat vich rahin*di han*.


2. Listen to the recording and circle all the professions you hear. Check the answer key.

A. 1. waitress
2. police officer
3. interpreter

B. 1. nurse
2. teacher
3. farmer

C. 1. doctor
2. nurse
3. student


3. Reproduce the questions to the following answers. Check your work with the answer key.

1. ____________________? 4. ____________________?
Pü' F' ¤BuF' ü J Fül`, Pü ¤B 5TF lTF EBZ ü J
Mera na* Kalpna hai. Nahi*, mere kol bhavan vich flat hai.

2. ____________________? 5. ____________________?
P` 5'üB B` ü' J ü', P` P¤lF¤ ü' J
Main* bharat to* ha*. Ha*, main* mechanic ha*.

3. ____________________?
ü', P` FBlÐ3 ülüEl ü' J

Ha*, main* Chandigarh rahin*di ha*.

33
Vocabulary List

Apartment flat
EBZ
Apartment building bhavan
5TF
Barracks barracks
Fü¤P
Military camp Fauji camp
ERl ¤`u
House ghar
±ü
Tent tent
ZZ
Room kamra
¤Pü'
Big vada
T3'
Small Nikka/chota
lF¤'/ZZ'
Profession/professions Pasha/peshe
uP'/uP
Farmer/farmers Kisan/kisana*
l¤P'F/l¤P'F'
Doctor/doctors Doctor/doctara*
B'¤Zü/B'¤Zü'
Nurse/nurses Nurse/nursa*
FüP/FüP'
Laborer/laborers Majdoor/ majdoora*
PREü/PREü'
Teacher/teachers Adhiyapak/adhiyapaka*
HlüH'u¤/HlüH'u¤'
Student/students Vidyarthi/vidyarthia*
lTlEH'üül/lTlEH'üülH'
Soldier/soldiers Sipahi/sipahia*
lPu'ül/lPu'ülH'
Mechanic/mechanics Mechanic/mechanica*
P¤lF¤/P¤lF¤'
Waitress/waitresses Waitress/waitress
TZüÊP/TZüÊP
Interpreter/interpreters Anuvadik/ anuvadika*
HFT'lE¤/HFT'lE¤'
Police officer/police officers Police afsar/police afsara*
uBlP HEPü/uBlP HEPü'
To have Hona*
üE'

















34
Answer Key

3.
1. Raju lives in a tent at the military camp.
2. Rita lives in a small apartment.
3. Peter and Julie live in a big house in the city.
4. Ravi lives in a hotel.
5. Raman and Parvinder live in the barracks.
6. Janu and I live in our house.

5.
1. A. Do you live in a house or in an apartment?
B. I live in a house.
2. A. Do they live in a hotel or in an apartment building?
B. They live in an apartment building.

6.
BPl ZZ lTF ülüE ü R' Fü¤ lTF ?
Çü üZB lTF ülüE üF R' ±ü lTF ?
Çü 5TF lTF ülüE' ü R' ERl ¤`u lTF ?
Çü ¤Pü lTF ülüEl ü R' ±ü lTF ?
HPl` EBZ lTF ülüE ü' R' ±ü lTF ?

7.
1. tent ZZ
tent
2. house ±ü
ghar
3. military camp E Rl ¤ `u
faugi camp
4. hotel üZB
hotel

12.
1. D.
2. G.
3. E.
4. H.
5. L.
6. I.
7. J.
8. K.
9. B.
10. F.
11. A.
12. C.

3514
14.
A. He is a farmer.
B. They are teachers.
C. She is an interpreter.
D. They are soldiers.

A. Çü l¤P'F ü J
B. Çü HlüH'u¤ üF J
C. Çü HFT'lE¤ ü J
D. Çü lPu'ül üF J


End of Lesson Tasks

2.
A. interpreter HFT'lE¤ anuvadik
B. teacher HlüH'u¤ adhiyapak
C. student lTlEH'üül vidyarthi


3.
1. Bü'B' ¤l FHP ü ?
2. BPl l¤ü ü ?
3. BPl l¤ü ülüE ü ?
4. ¤l Bü'B ¤B ±ü ü ?
5. ¤l BPl P¤lF¤ ü ?

36
Lesson 3 VALIDATION COPY 1.0 JUNE 2007
Days of the Week, Numbers, Ages of People
lEF, FF ü, HB B ¤' El ÇPü'
Din, number, atei loka* di umra*


This lesson will introduce you to:
- Days of the week
- Numbers from 0 to 100
- How to understand and respond to questions about what day it is
- How to find out somebody’s age and tell how old you are.


1. Listen to the days of the week and repeat them after the speaker.

Monday
PPT'ü
Somvar
Tuesday
PÐBT'ü
Mangalvar
Wednesday
FüT'ü
Budhvar
Thursday
TlüT'ü
Virvar
Friday
P¤üT'ü
Shukarvar
Saturday
PFlFüT'ü
Shanicharvar
Sunday
HBT'ü
Eitvar


Read the days of the week several times, practicing pronunciation. Replay the audio if necessary.

2. Listen to the following dialogues and repeat after the speaker. Follow along in the workbook.
Role-play the dialogues using the names of the other days of the week. Work in pairs or in small groups.

HBT'ü PÐBT'ü TlüT'ü PFlFüT'ü FüT'ü P¤üT'ü
aitvar mangalvar virvar shanicharvar bhudvar shukarvar

1. What day is it today?
HR ¤l lEF ü ?
Aj ki din hai?
Today is Monday.
HR PPT'ü ü J
Aj somvar hai.



2. Is today Monday?
¤l HR PPT'ü ü ?
Ki aj somvar hai?
Yes, today is Monday.
ü' , HR PPT'ü ü J
Han*, aj somvar hai.




3. Is today Monday?
¤l HR PPT'ü ü ?
Ki aj somvar hai?
No, today is Tuesday.
Fül` , HR PÐBT'ü ü J
Nahi*, aj mangalvar hai.
37
3. Listen to the pronunciations and read the numbers from 0 to 10.

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
lPEü lE¤ E lBF F'ü uR Z PB HB F` EP
Sifar Eik Do Tin Char Panj Che Set Ath No* das


4. Read the following dialogue.

A. What is your telephone
number?
Bü'B' EF FFü ¤l ü ?
Tuhada phone number ki hai?
B. My telephone number is
(360) 984 – 0217.
Pü' EF FFü (360)984·0217 ü J
Mera phone number 360-984-0217 hai.
A. What is your house
(apartment) number?
Bü'B ±ü (EBZ) E' FFü ¤l ü ?
Tuhade ghar(flat) da number ki hai?
B. My house (apartment)
number is 10456.
Pü ±ü (EBZ) E' FFü 10456 üJ
Mere ghar(flat ) da number 10456 hai.


5. Using the numbers above, give your telephone number, house number, and apartment number in
Punjabi, according to the model below.

My telephone number is…
Pü' EF FFü... ü
Mera phone number….hai.
My house number is…
Pü ±ü E' FFü ...ü
Mere ghar da number… hai.
My apartment number is…
Pü EBZ E' FFü... ü
Mere flat da number…. hai.


6. Pretend that you are in the hospital. Your classmate is a medical receptionist who wants to know your
name, your telephone number, and your house number. Role-play the dialogue using exercise 4 as a
model.


7. Listen to the sentences and write down the missing numbers you hear. Check your work with
the answer key.

Model: Pü' EF FFü 567 8 4 ü

1. Pü' EF FFü 67___653 ü
Mera phone number 67__653 hai
2. Pü' EF FFü 432___01 ü
Mera phone number 432__01 hai
3. Pü' EF FFü 89645___ ü
Mera phone number 89645___ hai
4. Pü' EF FFü 4___0692 ü
Mera phone number 4__0692 hai
5. Pü' EF FFü 978___645 ü
Mera phone number 978__645 hai
38
8. Listen as the speaker says the numbers 11 to 20. Repeat after the speaker. They are recorded at
a slower rate and at a normal rate of speech.

11 eleven
R'ü'
Gayarah*
12 twelve
F'ü'
Bharah*
13 thirteen
Bü'
Tehrah*
14 fourteen
FE'
Chaudah*
15 fifteen
uEü'
Pandarah*
16 sixteen
PB'
Solah*
17 seventeen
PB'ü'
Setarah*
18 eighteen
HB'ü'
Adharah*
19 nineteen
ÇFl`
Unih
20 twenty
Tlü
Vi

9. Read the following numbers in Punjabi:

11, 13, 15, 17, 19, 12, 14, 16, 18, 20
21 twenty-one
lE¤l
Eikki
22 twenty-two
F'El
Baii
23 twenty-three
BEl
Teii
24 twenty-four
FTl
Chauvi
25 twenty-five
u5l
Pachchi
26 twenty-six
ZFl
Chabi
27 twenty-seven
PB'El
Sataei
28 twenty-eight
HB'El
Athaei
29 twenty-nine
ÇFBl
Untih





10. Read the texts and translate into English. Check your work with the answer key.

1.Pü' F' ü'P ü J P` FBlÐ3 ülüE' ü' J P` TZü ü' J Pü ¤B ±ü ü JPü ±ü E' FFü 21ü J
Mera na* Ram hai. Main* Chandigarh rahin*da ha*. Main* waiter ha*. Mere kol ghar hai. Mere ghar da
number 21 hai.

2. ü'P lPu'ül ü J Çü EBZ lTF ülüE' ü J ÇP E' EBZ FFü 25 ü J
Ramu sipahi hai. Oh flat vich rahin*da hai. Usda flat number 25 hai.

3. ÇP E' F' ülZ' ü J Çü HlüH'u¤ ü J Çü ±ü lTF ülüEl ü J ÇP E ±ü E' FFü 16 üJ
Usda na* Rita hai. Oh adhiyapak hai. Oh ghar vich rahin*di hai. Used ghar da number 16 hai.

4. ü'R' HB HFlB' ¤B ±ü ü FBlÐ3 lTF J ÇF' E ±ü E' FFü 14 ü J
Raja atei Anita kol ghar hai Chandigarh vich. Unha* de ghar da number 14 hai.

11. Listen to the speaker and circle the number you hear in each row. Check the answer key.

A. 1 - 10 - 21
B. 2 - 12 - 22
C. 3 - 13 - 23
D. 4 - 14 - 24
E. 5 - 15 - 25
F. 6 - 16 - 26
G. 7 - 17 - 27
H. 8 - 18 - 28
I. 9 - 19 - 29
39
12. Listen to the next set of numbers, spoken both slowly and at a normal rate of
speech. Repeat after the speaker.

30 Blü
Teeh
40 F'Bl
Chalee
50 uR'ü
Panjah
60 PB
Sath

70 PBü
Satarh
80 HPl
Assi
90 FT
Nave
100 P
So



13. Read the following numbers in the Punjabi Language.

30, 31, 40, 42, 50, 53, 60, 64, 70, 75, 80, 86, 90, 97, 100.

XAsking somebody’s age in Punjabi is structured as in English; ask: “How old are you?”
The verbs change according to the gender of the speaker: “aa” sound for the male speaker and
“ee” for the female.


14. Listen to several short exchanges asking about ages. Repeat after the speaker.

1. A. How old are you?
Bü'Bl ÇPü ¤l ü ?
Tuhadi umar ki hai?
B. I am 32 years old.
P` 32 P'B E'/El ü' J
Main* 32 saal da/di ha*



2. A. How old is he?
ÇP El ÇPü ¤l ü ?
Usdi umar ki hai?
B. He is 11.
Çü 11 P'B E' ü J
Oh 11 saal da hai.



3. A. How old is she?
ÇP El ÇPü ¤l ü ?
Usdi umar ki hai?
B. She is 86 years old.
Çü 86 P'B El ü J
Oh 86 saal di hai.



4. A. Is she 34 years old?
¤l ÇF' El ÇPü 34 ü ?
Ki unha* di umar 34 hai?
B. No, she is 35.
Fül`, Çü 35 E üF J
Nahi*, oh 35 de han.



5. A. Are you 21?
¤l BPl 21 P'B E ü ?
Ki tusi 21 saal de ho?
B. Yes, I am 21.
ü' , P` 21 P'B E'/El ü' J
Ha*, main* 21 saal da/di ha*.



40
6. A. What is your age?
Bü'Bl ÇPü ¤l ü ?
Tuhadi umar ki hai?
B. I am 47.
P` 47 E'/El ü' J
Main* 47 da/di ha*.


15. Read the dialogues again. Work in pairs and role-play the dialogues with a classmate.


16. Tell your classmates in Punjabi how old you are and ask them about their ages.


17. Listen and match the age with the name. Check the answer key.

Flü' Neera 11
ü'P Ramu 72
ülZ' Rita 52
HFlB' Anita 29
HülTE Arvind 43





41
End-of-Lesson Tasks


1. Listen to the following statements in Punjabi. Answer the questions. Pause or
replay the audio as necessary until you understand the relevant information.

A. PlB Pl H¤'B J Pü' F'P üPF ü J P` 26 P'B E' ü' J P` uBlP HEPü ü' J
Sat sri akal. Mera nam Raman hai. Main* 26 saal da han*. Main* police officer han*.


1. Bü'B' F'P ¤l ü ? Tuhada kin am hai?
2. ÇP El ÇPü ¤l ü ? Us di umar ki hai ?
3. Çü ¤l ¤P ¤üE' ü ? Oh ki ka*m kar da hai ?


B. ÇF' E' F'P RlB ü J Çü 40 P'B E' ü J Çü lPu'ül ü J
un*han* da nam Jeetu hai. Oh 40 saal da hai. Oh sipahi hai.

1. ÇP E' F'P ¤l ü ? Us da nam ki hai ?
2. ÇP El ÇPü ¤l ü ? Us di umar ki hai ?
3. Çü ¤l ¤P ¤üE' ü ? Oh ki kam karda hai ?

C. ÇP E' F'P lPPl ü J Çü 44 P'B El ü J Çü HlüH'u¤ ü J
usda nam Simi hai. Oh 44 saal di hai. Oh adhiyapak hai.

1. ÇP E' F'P ¤l ü ? Usda nam ki hai ?
2. ÇP El ÇPü ¤l ü ? Usdi umar ki hai ?
3. Çü ¤l ¤P ¤ü El ü ? Oh ki kam kar di hai ?

2. Recite the following in Punjabi:

HR ¤l lEF ü ?

HR PPT'ü ü J

Bü'Bl ¤l ÇPü ü ?

P` 25 P'B El ü' J
42
Vocabulary List


Day
lEF
Din
Today
HR
aaj
Year
P'B
saal
Monday
PPT'ü
somvar
Tuesday
PÐBT'ü
mangalvar
Wednesday
FüT'ü
budhvar
Thursday
TlüT'ü
virvar
Friday
P¤üT'ü
shukarvar
Saturday
PFlFüT'ü
shanicharvar
Sunday
HBT'ü
eitvar
Telephone
EF
phone
Number
FFü
number
Age
ÇPü
umar
Old
ÇPü
umar
How old are you?
Bü'Bl ÇPü ¤l ü ?
Tuhadi umar ki hai?
What day is it today?
HR ¤l lEF ü ?
Aaj ki din hai?
Today is Monday.
HR PPT'ü ü J
Aaj somvar hai.
I am 25 years old.
P` 25 P'B El/E' ü' J
Main*25 saal di/da ha*.
0 zero
lPEü
sifar
1 one
lE¤
eik
2 two
E
do
3 three
lBF
tin
4 four
F'ü
char
5 five
uR
panj
6 six
Z
che
7 seven
PB
sat
8 eight
HB
ath
9 nine
F
nau
10 ten
EP
das
11 eleven
R'ü'
Gayarah*
12 twelve
F'ü'
Bharah*
13 thirteen
Bü'
Tehrah*
14 fourteen
FE'
Chaudah*
15 fifteen
uEü'
Pandarah*
16 sixteen
PB'
Solah*
17 seventeen
PB'ü'
Setarah*
43
18 eighteen
HB'ü'
Adharah*
19 nineteen
ÇFl`
Unih
20 twenty
Tlü
vi
21 twenty-one
lE¤l
Eikki
22 twenty-two
F'El
Baii
23 twenty-three
BEl
Teii
24 twenty-four
FTl
Chauvi
25 twenty-five
u5l
Pachchi
26 twenty-six
ZFl
Chabi
27 twenty-seven
PB'El
Sataei
28 twenty-eight
HB'El
Athaei
29 twenty-nine
ÇFBl
Untih
30 thirty
Blü
Teeh
40 forty
F'Bl
Chalee
50 fifty
uR'ü
Panjah
60 sixty
PB
Sath
70 seventy
PBü
Satarh
80 eighty
HPl
Assi
90 ninety
FT
Nave
100 one hundred
P
So






















44
Answer Key

7.
1. Pü' EF FFü ü 67__4_653 .
2. Pü' EF FFü ü 432_5__01
3. Pü' EF FFü ü 89645_0__.
4. Pü' EF FFü ü 4_3__0692.
5. Pü' EF FFü ü 978__2_645.

10.
1. My name is Ram. I live in Chandighar. I am a waiter. I have a house. My house number is 21.
2. Ramu is a soldier. He lives in an apartment building. His apartment number is 25.
3. Her name is Rita. She is a teacher. She lives in a house. Her house number is 16.
4. Raja and Anita have a house in Chandighar. Their house number is 14.

11.
A. 10 EP
B. 12 F'ü'
C. 13 B ü '
D. 24 F Tl
E. 5 uR
F. 16 P B '
G. 27 PB'El
H. 18 HB'El
I. 29 ÇFBl

17.
Flü' 52 P'B El ü J

ülZ' 11 P'B El üÊÐl P¤üT'ü F J

¤l HülTE 30 P'B E' ü ? Fül`, Çü 29 P'B E' ü J

HFlB' 72 P'B El ü J

ü'P l¤F P'B E' ü ? Çü 43 P'B E' ü J


End of Lesson Tasks

1. Compare your answers with the translation
1. What is his/her name?
2. How old is he/she?
3. What is his/her profession?



45
D. Hi, my name is Raman. I am 26 years old. I am a police officer.
E. His name is Jeetu. He is 40. He is a soldier.
F. Her name is Simi. She is 44. She is a teacher.



46
Lesson 4 VALIDATION COPY 1.0 JUNE 2007
Daily Activities
üR E ¤'üR
Roz de karaj


This lesson will introduce you to:
- how to ask for and tell time
- typical daily activities in Punjab State
- the verbs “to go,” “to study,” “to play,” “to work,” “to watch,” “to read,” “to eat,” and “to get up”
- the past tense of the verbs.


1. Listen as the speaker tells time in Punjabi. Repeat after the speaker.




What time is it? It is four o’clock. What time is it? It is four-fifteen.
¤l Z'ElP ü ? 4 TR üFJ ¤l Z'ElP ü ? 4 TR ¤ 15 lPZ J
Ki time hai? 4 vajeh han. Ki time hai ? 4 vajke 15 minute.




What time is it? It is four-thirty. What time is it? It is four forty-five.
¤l Z'ElP ü ? 4 TR ¤ 30 lPZ J ¤l Z'ElP ü ? 4 TR ¤ 45 lPZ J
Ki time hai ? 4 vajke 30 minute. Ki time hai ? 4 vajke 45 minute.




What time is it? It is three-twenty. What time is it? It is three-forty.
¤l Z'ElP ü ? 3 TR ¤ 20 lPZ J ¤l Z'ElP ü ? 3 TR ¤ 40 lPZ J
Ki time hai? 3 vajke 20 mint. Ki time hai? 3 vajke 40 mint.
47
X ‘T R ’ literally means o’clock. “¤l PP` ü ?’ki samay hai?(formal) or “¤l Z'ElP ü ?” Ki time hai? (informal)
Both are correct ways of asking what time it is, although the latter is more popular.ï

2. What time is it? Fill in the clock faces with the correct times, according to how they are listed in
Punjabi below. Check the answer key.

A. 3 TR ¤ 30 lPZ J D. 11 TR ¤ 30 lPZ J
3 vaj ke 30 minute 11 vaj ke 30 minute

B. 8 TR ¤ 45 lPZ J E. F'ü'
8 vaj ke 45 minute barah*

C. 6 TR ¤ 10 lPZ J F. 4 TR ¤ 15 lPZ J
6 vaj ke 10 minute 4 vaj ke 15 minute

A. B. C. D.



E. F. G. H.




3. Listen to the following exchanges and identify the clock time mentioned in each. Check the
answer key.

A. 8:15 - 9:00
B. 9:50 - 9:15
C. 5:10 - 8:50
D. 4:13 - 4:30
E. 7: 50 - 7:10

Note: A.M. and P.M. are identified as morning or evening or night.
48
4. Compose dialogues according to the model below. Work in pairs or in small groups. Use the times
listed below.

A.¤l Z'ElP ü ?
Ki time hai?

B. 2 TR ü J
2 vajeh hai.

8:00 a.m., 7:15 a.m., 10:30 a.m., 2:10 p.m., 4:45 p.m., 6:50 p.m., 12:00., 11:05.


The general rule in Punjabi is that the verb comes at the end of the sentence. The object must come before the
verb. Hence the order is: subject (preceded by adjective), object (preceded by adjective) and then the verb.


I go
P` R'E'
Main* jana* I study/read
P` u3F'
Main* parhna
you go
BPl R'E'
Tusi jana* you study/read
BPl u3F'
Tusi parhna
he goes
ÇPF R'E'
Os nu jana* he studies/reads
ÇPF u3F'
Usnu parhna
we go
HPl` R'E'
Asi* jana* we study/read
HPl` u3F'
Asi* parhna
you go
BPl` R'E'
Tusi* jana* you study/read
BPl u3F'
Tusi parhna
they go
ÇF' R'E'
Ohna* jana* they study/read
ÇF' F u3F'
Unha* ne parhna






I work
P` ¤P ¤üE'/El ü'
Main kam karda/di han* I eat
P` u'E'
Main* khana*
you work
BPl ¤P ¤ü
Tusi kam karo you eat
BPl u'E'
Tusi khana*
he works
Çü ¤P ¤üE' ü
Oh kam karda hai he eats
ÇF u'E'
Unhe khana*
we work
HPl` ¤P ¤üE ü'
Asi* kam karde han* we eat
HPl` u'E'
Asi* khana
you work
BPl` ¤P ¤ü
Tusi* kam karo you eat
BPl` u'E'
Tusi* khana
they work
Çü ¤P ¤üE üF
Oh kam karde han they eat
ÇF' F u'E'
Unha*ne khana






I play
P` uBE'
Main* khedna* I watch
P` TuE'
Main* vekhna*
you play
BPl uBE'
Tusi khedna* you watch
BPl TuE'
Tusi vekhna*
he plays
Çü uBE'
Oh khedda he watches
Çü TuE' ü
Oh vekhda hai
you play
BPl` uBE'
tusi* khedna* we watch
HPl` TuE'
Asi* vekhna*
they play
Çü uBE üF
oh khedde han you watch
BPl TuE'
Tusi vekhna*
we play
HPl` uBE'
Asi* khedna* they watch
ÇF' F TuE'
Unha*ne vekhna*








49
I get up
P` ÇBE'
Main* uthna*


you get up
BPl ÇBE'
Tusi uthna*


he gets up
Çü ÇBE'
oh uthda


you get up
BPl ÇBE'
Tusi uthna*


they get up
ÇF' F ÇBE'
Unha*ne uthna*


we get up
HPl` ÇBE'
Asi* uthna*




5. Listen to the short statements that describe each activity in the pictures below. Repeat after the
speaker. Pay attention to new verbs and other new vocabulary.



They play basketball.
Çü F'Pl¤ZF'B u3E üF J
Oh basketball kherd de han

She goes to the market.
Çü F'R'ü R'El ü J
Oh bazaar jan*di hai.


They study at school.
Çü P¤B u3E üF J
Oh school parhde han
She works in the hospital.
Çü üPuB'B ¤P ¤üEl ü J
Oh hospital kam kardi hai.

50

He plays soccer.
Çü EZF'B uBE' ü J
Oh football khedh da hai.
The girl eats lunch.
¤3l üZl u'El ü J
Kurhi roti khan*di hai.


The man reads a book.
H'EPl l¤B'F u3E' ü J
Aadmi kitab parhda hai.
The woman watches television.
HüB ZBllTRF TuEl ü J
Aurat television vekhdi hai.


6. Listen to the following statements in Punjabi and repeat after the speaker. Follow along in the
workbook. Replay the audio if necessary.

Note: In Punjabi, all prepositions must follow an oblique form of the noun or pronoun.

A. The boy goes to school at 7:30. B. The man eats breakfast at seven o’clock.
B3¤' P¤B 7:30 TR R'E' ü J H'EPl PB TR FPB' ¤üE' ü J
Ladka school 7.30 vaje ja*nda hai Aadmi sat vaje nashata karda hai.


C. The woman watches television in the evening. D. The girl studies at home in the afternoon.
HüB P'P F ZBllTRF TuEl ü J ¤3l Eulüü F ±ü lTF u3El ü J
Aurat shaam nu* television vekhadi hai Kudi dupahar nu* ghar vich parhdi hai.




51
E. Rani goes to the market in the morning. F. Raju plays soccer on Friday.
ü'Fl PTü F'R'ü R'El ü J ü'R P¤üT'ü F EZF'B u BE' ü J
Rani sawere bazaar ja*ndi hai. Raju shukarvar nu* football khededa hai.


G. I get up at 7:00.
P` 7:00 TR R'ÐEl ü' J

Main* 7.00 vaje jagdi ha*.

7. Match the following sentences with the pictures below. Check your answers with the answer key.

1. P` P¤B 9:30 TR R'E' ü' J
2. Çü 7:00 TR F'PB' ¤üE üF J
3. HPl PTü u3E ü' J
4. Çü P'Pl l¤B'F u3El ü J





#______________ #_______________ #____________ #_________


8. Read the following text and answer the questions. Check your work with the answer key.

ü'R TlEH'üül ü J Çü P¤B lTF u3E' ü J üü üR Çü 7:15 TR R'ÐE' ü J
Çü F'PB' 7:30 TR u'E' ü J Çü P¤ B 8:00 TR R'E' ü J Çü P¤B E F'E F'Pl¤ZF'B uBE' ü J
P'P F Çü l¤B'F' u3E' ü HB ZBllTRF TuE' ü Jü'R PFlFüT'ü HB HBT'ü F Fül` u3E' J

Raju vidyarthi hai. Oh school vich parhda hai. Har roz oh 7:15 vaje jagda hai. Oh nashata 7:30 vaje khan*da
hai. Oh school 8:00 vaje jan*da hai. Oh school de baad basketball khedh da hai.shaam nu* oh kitaba* parhda
hai ateh television vekhda hai. Raju shanicharvar ateh aitvar nu* nahi* parhda.


1. ¤l ü'R HlüH'u¤ ü ? Ki Raju adiyapak hai ?
2. Çü l¤ü u3E' ü ? Oh kithe parda hai?
3. Çü l¤F TR R'ÐE' ü ? Oh kinhe vaje jagada hai?
4. Çü F'PB' ¤E` u'E' ü ? Oh nashta kadon* khanda hai?
52
5. Çü P¤B ¤E` R'E' ü ? Oh school kadon* jan*da hai?
6. Çü F'Pl¤ZF'B ¤E` uBE' ü ? Oh basketball kadon* khedhda hai?
7. Çü P'P F ¤l ¤üE' ü ? Oh shaam nu ki karda hai?
8. ¤l Çü PFlFüT'ü HB HBT'ü F u3E' ü ? Ki oh shanicharvar atei aitvar nu* parda hai?

9. Rearrange the following statements into a logical order for a daily schedule. Check your work with
the answer key.

1. P` EPB' F'B u'E BEl R'El ü' J
Main dosta* naal khan laee jan*di han*.
2. P` ZBllTRF TuEl ü' J
Main* television vekhdi han*.
3. P` P¤B R'El ü' J
Main* school jan*di han*.
4. P` H'uE EPB F'B ü'B E' u'E' u'El ü' J
Main* aapne* dost naal raat da khana* khan*di han*
5. P` F'Pl¤ZF'B uBEl ü' J
Main* basketball khedh di han*.
6. P` F'PB' u'El ü' J
Main* nashata khan*di han*.
7. P` ±ü lTF u3El ü' J
Main ghar vich parhdi han* .


10. Tell your partner about your daily schedule. Use the words and word combinations given below.

every day get up eat breakfast go to work eat lunch
üü üR ÇBE' F'PB' u'E' ¤P R'E' üZl u'E'
Har roz uthana nashata khana* kam jana* roti khana*

play basketball go to the market read a book watch television in the evening
F'Pl¤ZF'B uBE' F'R'ü R'E' l¤B'F u3E' P'P F ZBllTRF TuE'
Basketball khedna* bazaar jana* kitab parhna* shaam nu* television vekhna*


11. Listen to the five short statements. Circle the English statement that is the equivalent of each
Punjabi statement you hear. Replay the audio as many times as you need to.

1. A. I play soccer after school.
B. I play soccer after dinner.
C. I play soccer after work.

2. A. She goes to the market in the evening.
B. She goes to the market in the afternoon.
C. She goes to the market in the morning.

3. A. I go to work in the morning.
B. I go to school in the morning.
C. I go to the market in the morning.
53

4. A. I study at home on Saturday.
B. I play soccer at home on Saturday.
C. I eat breakfast at home on Saturday.

5. A. He watches television in the afternoon.
B. He watches television in the evening.
C. He watches television in the morning.


Study the formation of past tense in Punjabi.

In Punjabi, the past tense is, in fact, the past participle in form. The verb agrees in number and gender with the
object. Example: take out clothes/¤u3 ¤EE'/kapare kadhana*.

To eat/ u'E'/ Khana* To be/üE' hona*
To go/ R'E' jana* To study/u3E' parhna*
To play/uBE' khedna* To work/ ¤P ¤üF' kam karna
To watch/ TuE' vekhana* To have/üE' hona*

I went
P` lÐH'
Main*giya I studied
P` ul3H'
Main* parhiaa
you went
BPl ÐÊ
Tusi gayei you studied
BPl ul3H'
Tusi parhiaa
he went
Çü lÐH'
Oh giya he studied
ÇP F ul3H'
Us ne parhiaa
we went
HPl` ÐÊ
Asi* gayei we studied
HPl` ul3H'
Asi* parhiaa
you went
BPl` ÐÊ
Tusi* gayei you studied
BPl ul3H'
Tusi parhiaa
they went
Çü ÐÊ
Oh gayei they studied
ÇF' F ul3H'
Unha* ne parhiaa





I worked
P` ¤P ¤lB'
Main* kam kita I watched
P` TluH'
Main* vekhiyaa
you worked
BPl ¤P ¤lB'
Tusi kam kita you watched
BPl TluH'
Tusi vekhiyaa
he worked
ÇP F ¤P ¤lB'
Us ne kam kita he watched
ÇP F TluH'
Us ne vekhiyaa
we worked
HPl` ¤P ¤lB'
Asi* kam kita we watched
HPl` TluH'
Asi* vekhiyaa
you worked
BPl` ¤P ¤lB'
Tusi* kam kita you watched
BPl` TluH'
Tusi* vekhiyaa
they worked
ÇF' ¤P ¤lB'
Unha* kam kita they watched
ÇF' F TluH'
Unha* ne vekhiyaa





I ate
P` u'E'
Main* khada I read
P` ul3H'
Main* parhiyaa
you ate
BPl u'E'
Tusi khada you read
BPl ul3H'
Tusi parhiyaa
he ate
ÇP F u'E'
Us ne khada he read
ÇP F ul3H'
Us ne parhiyaa
we ate
HPl` u'E'
Asi* khada we read
HPl` ul3H'
Asi* parhiyaa
you ate
BPl` u'E'
Tusi* khada you read
BPl` ul3H'
Tusi parhiyaa
they ate
ÇF' u'E'
Unha* khada they read
ÇF' F ul3H'
Unha* ne parhiyaa
54
I played
P` uBE'/El Pl
Main khedhda/di si I got up
P` ÇlBH'
Main* uthiaa
you played
BPl uBE Pl
Tusi khedhde si you got up
BPl ÇB
Tusi uthei
he played
Çü uBE' Pl
Oh khedhde si he got up
Çü ÇlBH'
Oh uthiyaa
we played
HPl` uBE Pl
Asi* khedhde si we got up
HPl` ÇB
Asi* uthei
you played
BPl` uBE Pl
Tusi* khedhde si you got up
BPl` ÇB
Tusi* uthei
they played
Çü uBE Pl
Oh khedhde si they got up
Çü ÇB
Oh uthei


12. Read the following sentences and translate them into English. Check your work with the answer key.

1. ¤B P` P¤B lÐH'/ÐEl Pl J
1. kal main* school giya/gayee si.
2. luZB P'B Pü EPB HB P` F'Pl¤ZF'B uBE Pl J
2. pichale saal mere dost atei main* basketball
khedede si.
3. luZB üEB Çü F'R'ü ÐÊ J
3. pichale hafte oh bazaar gaye.
4. ¤B P` ±ü H' lÐH'/H' ÐEl Pl 9:00 TR J
4. kal main* ghar aa giya/aa gaee si 9:00 vaje.
5. ¤B HPl` ü'B E' u'E' u'E' 6:00 TR J
5. kal asi* raat da khana khada 6:00 vaje.
6. luZB P'B P¤B lTF B3¤ F PÐlB HB ÐlEB ul3H' J
6. pichale saal school vich ladke ne sangeet atei
ga*nit parhiya.
7. ¤B ¤3l F ZBllTRF TluH' J
7. kal kuri ne television vekheya.
8. luZB HBT'ü P` l¤B'F u3l J
8. pichale eitvar main* kitaab parhi.
9. luZB P'B P` lEBl Pl J
9. pichale saal main* Delhi si.
10. E P'B ulüB' P'B ¤B ±ü Pl FBlÐ3 lTF J
10. do saal pahila* sade kol ghar si Chandigarh
vich.

yesterday – ¤B - kal
last year /week /Sunday – luZB P'B / üEB / HBT'ü -Pichale saal/ hafte/aitvar
a year ago – lE¤ P'B ulüB' - eik saal pahila*

13. Complete the following sentences using the verbs located in the box below. Check your work with
the answer key.

u3 H' u lBH' Pl T luH' R'ÐE'/El lÐH'/ÐEl ¤P ¤lB' u'E'

1. P` ¤B 7:00 TR ______________ J
Main* kal 7:00 vaje ___________.

2. P` H'uF P'B'·luB' E F'B F'PB' ________________ J
Main* aapne* mata-pita de naal nashata___________.


55
3.P` luZB HBT'ü F'R'ü ___________J
Main* pichale eitvar bazaar___________.

4. P` luZB PPT'ü F F'Pl¤ZF'B ___________J
Main* pichale somvar nu* basketball ___________.

5. P` ¤B ZBllTRF _____________J
Main* kal television___________.

6. P` luZB P'B üZB lTF ___________J
Main* pichale saal hotel vich___________.

7. P` luZB lBF P'B P¤B ___________J
Main* pichale tin saal school___________.

8. P` luZB üEB lEBl __________J
Main* pichale hafte Delhi___________.


14. Listen to the following dialogue and repeat after the speaker. Make up similar dialogues using
the words and word combinations given below. Work in pairs or in small groups.

A. ¤B BPl ¤l ¤lB' ?
Kal tusi ki kita?

B. ¤B P` ZBllTRF TluH' J
Kal main* television vekhiya.

A. l¤Fl` Eü BEl ZBllTRF TluH' ?
Kin*hi der laee television vekhiya?

B. lE¤ ±Z' J
Eik ghanta.


1. ¤B·ZBllTRF TluH'·lE¤ ±Z'
kal-television vekheya-eik ghanta
2. ¤B· F'R'ü ÐÊ · E ±Z
kal-bazaar gaye-do ghante*
3. luZB P'B · üZB ¤P ¤lB' · F'ü üEB
pichale saal- hotel kam kita-char hafte
4. luZB P'B · P¤B ul3H' · HB üEB
pichale saal- school parhiya-ath hafte
56
5. luZB HBT'ü · l¤B'F u3l · lE¤ ±Z'
pichale eitvar-kitaab parhi-eik ghanta
6. lE¤ P'B ulüB' · F'Pl¤ZF'B ulBH'· Z üEB
eik saal pahila*-basketball khedhia-che hafte
7. lE¤ P'B ulüB' · P` Pl FBlÐ3· E üEB
eik saal pahila*- main* si Chandigarh- Do hafte







































57
End-of-Lesson Tasks


1. Listen to the following statements read in Punjabi. Circle the times you hear. Check the answer
key.

1. 6:30 - 5:30
2. 6:00 - 7:00
3. 9:30 - 8:30
4. 5:30 - 5:45
5. in the morning - in the evening
6. 6:00 - 8:00


2. Read the following text in Punjabi. Put T (True) or F (False) next to the statements that are
written below the text. Check your answer with the answer key.

PlB Pl H¤'B, Pü' F' HülTE ü J P` RBüü ülüE' ü' J Pü ¤ B ZZ' ±ü ü JP` lEP P¤B lTF HlüH'u¤ ü' J P`
ÐlEB HB PÐlB lPu'E' ü' J P` üü üR PTü 6:00 TR R'ÐE' ü' J P` F'PB' ¤ü¤ P¤B R'E' ü' J P` P¤B 8:0
0 TR uR R'E' ü' J PÐBT'ü HB TlüT'ü F P` E ±ZH' BEl EZF'B uBE' ü' JP¤B E F'E P` F'R'ü R'E' ü'
J P` ±ü H' R'E' ü' 5:00 TR J P'P F P` lE¤ ±Z BEl ZBllTRF TuE' ü' HB E ±Z l¤B'F u3E' ü' J

Sat sri akal, mera na* Arvind hai. Main* Jalandhar rahin*da ha*. Mere kol chota ghar hai. Main eis school vich
adhiyapak ha*. Main* gan*it atei sangeet sikhanda ha*. Main* her roz sawere 6:00 vaje jagda ha*. Main*
nashata karke school jan*da ha*. Main* school 8:00 vaje puj jan*da ha*. Mangalvar atei virvar nu* main* do
ghantea* laee football khededa ha*. School de baad main* bazaar jan*da ha*. Main* ghar jan*da ha* 5:00 vaje.
Shaam nu* main* eik ghante laee television vekheda ha* atei do ghante kitaab parhda ha*.


1. _______ H'EPl RBüü ülüE' ü J
2 ________Çü ZZ ±ü lTF ülüE' ü J
3. _______ Çü lTlüH'üül ü J
4. _______ Çü ÐlEB HB PÐlB u3E' ü J
5. _______ Çü üü üR PTü 6:00 TR R'ÐE' ü J
6. _______ Çü F'PB' Fül ¤üE' J
7. _______Çü P¤B uR R'E' ü 8:00 TR J
8. _______HülTE uBE' ü EZF'B PFlFüT'ü HB PPT'ü F lBF ±Z BEl J
9. _______Çü ¤P E F'E F'R'ü R'E' ü J
10. _______P'P F Çü E ±Z BEl ¤P ¤üE' ü J

58
3. Describe your daily schedule of activities, including the times, in Punjabi. For example, start with
what time you get up, then eat breakfast, etc. “I get up at 6:00 and eat breakfast at 6:30. I go to school
at…”
4. Find out what your partner did yesterday at 7:00 a.m., 7:30 a.m., 10:00 a.m., 1:00 p.m., 4:00 p.m., and
8:00 p.m., and how long each activity lasted. Work in pairs or in small groups.









































59
Vocabulary List

After
F'HE
baad
In the morning
PTü
sawere
In the afternoon
Eulüü
dupahir
In the evening
P'Pl
shaami
Every day
üü üR
Har roz
Last week
luZB üEB
Pichale hafte
A year ago
lE¤ P'B ulüB'
Eik saal pahila
Last Sunday
(Monday, Tuesday, etc.)
luZB HBT'ü(PPT'ü, PÐBT'ü....)
Pichale eitvar (somvar,
mangalvar)
At school
P¤B lTF
School vich
Math
ÐlEB
Gan*it
Music
PÐlB
sangeet
Book
l¤B'F
kitaab
Breakfast
F'PB'
nashata
Lunch
Eulüü E' u'E'
Dupahir da khana
Dinner
ü'B E' u'E'
Raat da khana
Home
±ü
ghar
At home
±ü
ghare
Market
F'R'ü
bazaar
On Sunday (Monday, Tuesday…)
HBT'ü F
Eitvar nu*
To go (to)
R'E'
Ja*na*
To go shopping
F'R'ü R'E'
Bazaar ja*na*
To play soccer/basketball
uBE' EZF'B/F'Pl¤ZF'B
Khedna*football/basketball
To watch television
TuE' ZBllTRF
Vekhana* television
To eat breakfast
(lunch, dinner)
u'E' F'PB'
Khana* nashata
To get up/wake up
R'ÐE'
Jagna*
To read
u3E'
Parhna*
To study
u3E'
Khedna*
To work
¤P ¤üF'
Kam karna
What time is it?
¤l ZElP ü ?
Ki time hai?
It is three o’clock.
lBF TR üF J
Tin vaje han.
When
¤E`
Kado*
Man
H'EPl
aadmi
Woman
HüB
aurat
Boy
PB'/B3¤'
Munda/ladka
Girl
¤3l/B3¤l
Kuri/ladki
60
Answer Key

2.
A. three thirty pm D. eleven thirty pm
B. eight forty-five am E. twelve o’clock
C. ten after six F. four fifteen

3.
A. What time is it? It is 8:15 a.m.
¤l Z'ElP ü ? PTü E 8:15 J
B. What time is it? It’s 9:50.
¤l Z'ElP ü ? 9:50
C. What time is it? It is 5:10.
¤l Z'ElP ü ? 5:10
D. What time is it? It is 4:30 p.m.
¤l Z'ElP ü ? P'P E 4:30
E. What time is it? It is 7:10.
¤l Z'ElP ü ? 7:10

7.
1. I go to school at 9:30.
1. P` P¤B R'El ü' 9:30 TR J
2. They eat breakfast at 7:00.
2. Çü F'PB' ¤üE üF 7:00 TR J
3. We study in the morning.
3. HPl PTü u3E ü' J
4. She reads a book in the evening.
4. Çü P'Pl l¤B'F u3El ü J



#______3________ #_____1__________

61

#______2______ #________4_________


8.
Raju is a student. He studies at school. Everyday he gets up at 7:15. He has breakfast at 7:30. He goes to
school at 8:00. After school he plays basketball. He reads books and watches TV in the evening. Raju does
not study on Saturday and Sunday.

1. Is Raju a teacher? No, Raju is a student.
2. Where does he study? He studies at school.
3. What does he do at 7:15? He gets up at 7:15.
4. When does he have breakfast? He has breakfast at 7:30.
5. What does he do at 8:00? He has breakfast at 7:30.
6. When does he play basketball? He plays basketball after school.
7. What does he do in the evening? He reads books and watches TV in the evening.
8. Does he study on Saturday and Sunday? No, Raju does not study on Saturday and Sunday.

9. Your answers may vary. However, did you understand the statements?
6. I eat breakfast.
3. I go to school.
1. I go to lunch with my friends.
5. I play basketball.
4. I eat dinner with my friend.
7. I study at home.
2. I watch television.

11.
1. B I play soccer after dinner.
2. C She goes to the market in the morning.
3. A I go to work in the morning.
4. B I play soccer at home on Saturday.
5. A He watches television in the afternoon.

1. P` ü'B E u'E E F'E EZF'B uBE' ü' J
Main* raat de khane* de baad football khedh da han*.
2. Çü PTü F'R'ü R'El ü J
Oh savere bazaar jan*di hai.
62
3. P` PTü ¤P B R'E' ü' J
Main* savere kam te jan*da han*.
4. P` PFlFüT'ü F ±ü lTF EZF'B uBE' ü' J
Main* shanicharvar nu* ghar vich football khedh da han*.
5. Çü Eulüü F ZBllTRF TuE' ü J
Oh dupahar nu* television vekh da hai.

12.
1. Yesterday I went to school.
2. Last year my friends and I played basketball.
3. They went shopping last week.
4. I was at home at 9:00 yesterday.
5. We ate dinner at 6:00 yesterday.
6. The boy studied music and math at school last year.
7. The girl watched television yesterday.
8. Last Sunday I read a book.
9. I was in Delhi a year ago.
10. We had a house in Chandigarh two years ago.

13.
I got up at 7:00 yesterday.
I ate breakfast with my parents.
I went shopping last Sunday.
I played basketball last Monday.
I watched television yesterday.
I was at the hotel last year.
I studied at school three years ago.
I went to Delhi last week.

End of Lesson Tasks

1.
1 HPl` F'PB' u'E ü' 6:30 TR J
2 P` P¤B R'El ü' 7:00 TR J
3 BPl ¤P B R'E ü 9:30 TR J
4 Çü EZF'B uBE' ü 5:45 TR J
5 Çü F'R'ü ÐÊ PTü F J
6 ÇF' F ZBllTRF TluH' 8:00 TR J

2.
Hello. My name is Arvind. I live in Jalandhar. I have a small house. I am a teacher at this school. I teach
math and music. Everyday I get up at 6:00 a.m. I eat breakfast and go to school. I am at school at 8:00 a.m.
On Tuesday and Thursday I play soccer for 2 hours. After school, I go shopping. I am home at 5:00. In the
evening I watch TV for an hour and read books for 2 hours.
63

1. ___T____ The man lives in Jalandhar.
2 ___T____ He lives in small house.
3. ___F____ He is a student.
4. ___F____ He studies math and music.
5. ___T____ Everyday he gets up at 6:00 a.m.
6. ___F____ He does not have breakfast.
7. ___T____He is at school at 8:00.
8. ___F____Arvind plays soccer on Saturday and Monday for 3 hours.
9. ___T____He goes shopping after work.
10. __F____In the evening he works for 2 hours.

64
Lesson 5 VALIDATION COPY 1.0 JUNE 2007
Meeting the Family
ulüT'ü F lPB
Parivar nu* milo


This lesson will introduce you to:
- The kinship terms used for immediate and extended family
- How to ask and answer simple questions about family members
- The pronouns “who,” “this,” “that,” “these,” and “those”.


The family is the most important social unit. The immediate family includes the father, mother and the
children. The extended family includes: children’s spouses, grandchildren, grandparents, uncles and aunts. It
is very apt for the sons to take care of their aged parents. The girls, after getting married, often live with their in-
laws.

In recent years, the use of English kinship terms has become quite common. In families it is not unexpected to
hear words such as mummy, daddy, aunt and uncle along side Punjabi words for various familial relations.
Terms like aunt and uncle are mostly used for non-relatives.


1. Look at these photos of families. Listen to the kinship terms and repeat after the speaker.

Family Parivar/tabbar
ulüT'ü/ZFü
Parents Ma*-baap/mata-pita
P'·F'u, P'B'·luB'
Mother Ma*
P'
Father Baap
F'u
Children Bachche
FF
Daughter/daughters Beti/betia*
FZl/FlZH'
Son/sons Beta/bete
FZ'/FZ
Grandparents Dada/dadi/nana/nani
E'E'/E'El/F'F'/F'Fl
Grandfather (P)
Grandfather (M)
Dada/
Nana
E'E'/
F'F'
Grandmother (P)
Grandmother (M)
Dadi
Nani
E'El/
F'Fl
Sister/sisters Bhen/bhena*
5E/5E'
Brother/brothers Phra/phra*
5ü'/5ü'




65
XThe use of kinship terms in addressing individuals is exceedingly complex. The precise term depends on the
relation, the social context, and factors of age differences between the family members and the speaker.


2. Listen to the following dialogues and repeat them after the speaker. Role-play the dialogues
using the pictures above.

1. A. Who is this?
lEü ¤E üF ?
Eih kaun* han?
B. This is my mother.
lEü Pül P' ü J
Eih meri ma* hai.



2. A. Who is that?
Çü ¤E ü ?
Oh kaun* hai?
B. That is my sister.
Çü Pül 5E ü J
Oh meri bhein hai.



3. A. Who are these?
Çü ¤E ü ?
Oh kaun* hai?
B. These are my parents.
Çü Pü P'·F'u üF J
Oh mere ma*-baap han.



4. A. Who are those?
Çü ¤E üF ?
Oh kaun* han?
B. Those are my grandparents.
Çü Pü E'E'/E'El üF J
Oh mere dada/dadi han.


3. Read and translate the following sentences into English. Check your work with the answer key.

1. Pül P' HB Pü luB' E lE¤ FZ' HB E FlZH' üF J
meri ma* etai mere pita de eik beta ate do betia* han .

2. P` H'uE F'F'/F'Fl F'B ülüEl ü' TB ±ü lTF J
main* aapne* nana/nani naal rahin*di han* vade ghar vich.

3. ÇP E P'/F'u RBüü ülüE üF J Çü PREü üF J
usde ma*/baap Jalandhar rahin*de han. Oh majdoor han.

4. Pü E 5ü' üF J Çü ERl üF J Çü ERl ¤`u lTF ülüE üF J
mere do bhra* han.oh fauji han.oh fauji camp vich rahin*de han.

5. ÇP El 5E ü J ÇP E' F'P ¤BuF' ü J
us di bhein hai. Us da naam Kalpna hai.

6. Pü 5ü' El ÇPü 30 P'B ü J ÇP E lE¤ PB' HB lE¤ ¤3l ü J
mere bhra di umar 30 saal hai. Us de eik mun*da etai eik kurhi hai.
66
4. Tell about your mother/ father/ sister/ grandfather/grandmother/sister/brother according to the
scheme below:

lEü Pü luB' üF J lEF' E' F' ü'lREü ü J Çü 48 P'B E üF J Çü HlüH'u¤ üF J Çü ulZH'B' ülüE üF J
ÇF' ¤B ZZ' ±ü ü J

1. name
2. age
3. occupation
4. living place (city and type of residence).


5. Reproduce the questions to the following answers. Check your work with the answer key.

1. __________________?
ü' , lEü Pü' 5ü' ü J
1._____________________?
Ha*, eih mera phra hai.
2. __________________?
ÇP E' F' ü'R ü J
2.____________________?
Usda na* Raj hai.
3. ___________________?
Çü FBlÐ3 ülüE' ü J
3. _____________________?
Oh Chandigarh rahin*da hai.
4. ___________________?
Çü B'¤Zü ü J
4. _____________________?
Oh doctor hai.
5. ____________________?
PPT'ü F Çü ¤P B R'E' ü J
5. _____________________?
Somvar nu* oh kam te jan*da hai.
6. _____________________?
Fül, Çü PÐBT'ü F FPF'B uBE' ü J
6. ______________________?
Nahi*, oh mangalvar nu* baseball khedda hai.


6. Listen to the audio. Circle the word you hear. Check your work with the answer key.

1. P' · F'u

2. FZl · FZ'

3. ZFü · P'·F'u

4. FF · E'E'/E'El

5. 5E · 5ü'

6. F'Fl · F'F'
67
7. Listen and repeat after the speaker. Follow along in the workbook.

Husband
PüE
mard
Wife
RF'Fl/HüB
Janani/aurat
Married
lTH'lüH' ülEH'
Viaheiya hoeeya
Unmarried/single
¤H'ü'/lTH'lEH' Fül
Ku*aara/viaheiya nahi*


8. Fill in the blanks using the words written below. Check your answers with the answer key.

1. F Z' 5 P'B E' 30 P'B' E' /El ÇP El lTH'lEH' ÇP E' B'¤Zü
Beta 5 saal da 30 saala* da/di us di viaheiya us da doctor

Pü 5ü' ____________ü J ÇPEl RF'Fl _____________ü J ________ F' ¤BuF' ü J Çü ________ ü J Ç
F' ¤B __________ü JÇü __________ü J_______ F' Tlü ü J
Mera phra__________hai. Usdi janani_____________hai. ________ na* Kalpna hai. Oh__________ hai.
Unha* kol_________ hai. Oh__________hai.________ na* Veeru hai.


2. lTH'lEH' ÇP E' 8 P'B El F lZH' ÇP El 5 E 10 P'B' El E Rl ÇF ' E
Viaheiya us da 8 saal di betia* us di bhen 10 saala* di fauji unha* de

Tlü El________________ü J ______ F' ÐlB' ü J Çü _______ ü J ÇP E' PüE_______ ü J ________ F'
ü'R ü J ÇF' E E ______________üF J______________ E F' üF ülZ' HB PlB' J ülZ' ü _________ J PlB'
ü __________ J
Veeru di_____________ hai. __________ na* Geeta hai. Oh__________ hai. Usda mard________ hai.
_______na* Raju hai. Unha* de do ___________ han. __________ de nB han Rita atei Sita. Rita hai______.
Sita hai __________.


9. Make up short stories in Punjabi about the people listed below. See the answer key for some ideas.

1. ülZ'· lTH'El, 31 P'B El, ÇPE' PüE, PREü , FZ' HB FZl J
Rita-viahei, 31 saal de, usda mard, majdoor, beta atei beti.
2. ü'5'· lTH'lEH', 28 P'B E', ÇP El RF'Fl , HlüH'u¤ , FF Fül` J
Ranjha-viaheiya,28 saal da, usdi janani, adhiyapak, bachche nahi*.
3. ÐlB'· lTH'El Fül , 20 P'B El , P'·F'u F'B , lTlüH'üül , 5ü' J
Geeta-viahei nahi*,20 saal di, ma*-baap naal,vidyarthi,phra.


68
10. Listen to several short dialogues as people answer questions about their family members.
Circle the correct answer for each question. Check your work with the answer key.

1. A. Who is she?
B. She is my mother / sister / grandmother.

2. A. Is she married?
B. No, she is single / a doctor / 25 years old.

3. A. Who is he/she?
B. He/she is my wife / my husband / my father.

4. A. Is he married?
B. Yes, he is married / single / a soldier.

5. A. Who are they?
B. They are my parents / my children / my grandparents.

6. A. Where do they live?
B. They live in the barracks / in the tent / in the apartment.

7. A. Do you have any brothers?
B. Yes, I have two brothers / two sisters / two sons.

8. A. Who is that?
B. That is my wife / mother / husband.

9. A. Does she have any children?
B. Yes, she has two brothers / two sisters / two sons.


11. Read and translate the text. Put T (True) or F (False) next to the statements below. Check your
work with the answer key.

ü'R E E'E' HB E'El üF J Çü ü'R E ulüT'ü F'B ülüE üF J ü'R E 5ü' Fül J ÇP El 2 5E' üF J Çü lTl
üH'üül üF J ü'R lTH'lEH' ü J ÇP El RF'Fl B'¤Zü ü Jü'R HB ÇP El RF'Fl E lE¤ FZl HB lE¤ FZ' ü J

Raju de dada atei dadi han. Oh Raju de parivar naal rahin*de han. Raju de bhra nahi. Usdi 2 bheina* han. Oh
vidyarthi han. Raju viaheeah hai. Usdi janani doctor hai. Raju atei usdi janani de eik beti atei eik beta hai.

1. ________ü'R E P'·F'u üF J
1.___________ Raju de ma*-baap han.
2. ________ü'R lTH'lEB' ü J
2.___________ Raju viaheita hai.
69
3. ________ÇPEl 2 5E' üF J
3. ___________ usdi 2 bhena* han.
4.________ü'R HB ÇP El RF'Fl lTlüH'üül üF J
4.____________Raju atei us di janani vidyarthi han.
5. ________ü'R B'¤Zü ü J
5.____________ Raju doctor hai.
6. ________ü'R E 2 FF üF J
6.____________Raju de 2 bachche han.




































70
End-of-Lesson Tasks


1. Give a brief description in Punjabi of your immediate family. Include the age, name, and profession
of each person, and tell whether each person is married or single, and where he/she lives. If you want to,
use real pictures of your family members.


2. Ask your classmate in Punjabi whether he/she has a mother, a father, a sister, and a brother, and what
their names are, how old they are, where they live, and what their professions are.


3. Work in small groups. Describe the pictures below. Use new vocabulary.















71
Vocabulary List


Parents Ma*-baap/mata-pita
P'·F'u/P'B'·luB'
Father baap
F'u
Mother Ma*
P'
Children bachche
FF
Son/sons Beta/bete *
FZ'/FZ
Daughter/daughters Beti/betia*
FZl/FlZH'
Brother/brothers phra/phra*
5ü'/5ü'
Sister/sisters Bhen/bhena*
5E/5E'
Grandparents Dada/dadi/nana/nani
E'E'·E'El/F'F'·F'Fl
Grandmother dadi
E'El
Grandfather dada
E'E'
Husband Mard
PüE
Wife Janani
RF'Fl
Married Viaheiya
lTH'lEH'
Unmarried/single Viaheiya/yi nahi*
lTH'lEH' /El Fül
Who is this/that? Oh kaun hai?
Çü ¤E ü ?
Who are these/those? Oh kaun han?
Çü ¤E üF ?
This/that is… Eih/eih……hai
lEü/lEü ..... ü J
These/those are… Oh/oh……han.
Çü/Çü......üF J





















72
Answer Key

3.
1. My mother and father have one son and two daughters.
2. I live with my grandparents in a big house.
3. His parents live in Jalandhar. They are laborers.
4. I have two brothers. They are soldiers. They live in a military camp.
5. She has a sister. Her name is Kalpna.
6. My brother is 30 years old. He has a son and a daughter.

5.
1. ¤l Çü Bü'B 5ü' üF ?
2. ÇF' E' F'P ¤l ü ?
3. Çü l¤ü ülüE üF ?
4. Çü ¤l ¤P ¤üE üF ?
5. Çü ¤P ¤E` R'E' ü ?
6. ¤l Çü FPF'B P¤üT'ü F uBE' ü ?

1. Is this your brother?
Yes, this is my brother.
2. What is his name?
His name is Raj.
3. Where does he live?
He lives in Chandigarh.
4. What is his occupation?
He is a doctor.
5. When does he go to work?
He goes to work on Monday.
6. Does he work on Tuesday?
No, he plays baseball on Tuesday.

6.
1. F'u
2. FZl
3. ZFü
4. E'E'/E'El
5. 5E
6. F'F'




73
8.

1. F Z' 5 P'B E' 30 P'B' E' /El ÇP El lTH'lEB' ÇP E' B'¤Zü

Pü 5ü' ____lTH'lEH'________ü J ÇPEl RF'Fl ___30 P'B' El__________ü J ___ÇP E'_____F'P ü ¤B
uF' J Çü __B'¤Zü______ ü J ÇF' ¤B ___FZ'_______ü JÇü ___5 P'B E'_______ü J___ÇP E'____
F'P Tlü ü J

2. lTH'lEH' ÇP E' 8 P'B El F lZH' ÇP El 5 E 10 P'B' El E Rl ÇF ' E

Tlü El_____5E ___________ü J ___ÇP E'___ F'P ÐlB' ü J Çü ___lTH'lEH'____ ü J ÇP E' PüE___E
Rl____ ü J __ÇP E'______ F'P ü ü'R ü J ÇF' E E ______F lZH' ________üF J____ÇF' E__________
E F'P üF ülZ' HB PlB' J ülZ' ü __8 P'B El_______ J PlB' ü __10 P'B El ________ J


9.












10.
1. Çü ¤E ü ? Çü Pül 5E ü J
2. ¤l Çü lTH'lEH' ü ? Fül, Çü lTH'lEH' Fül J
3. Çü ¤E ü ? Çü Pü' PüE ü J
4. ¤l Çü lTH'lEH' ü ? ü' J
5. Çü ¤E üF ? Çü Pü FF üF J
6. Çü l¤ü ülüE üF ? Çü EBZ lTF ülüE üF J
7. ¤l Bü'B 5ü' üF ? ü' , Pü 2 5ü' üF J
8. Çü ¤E ü ? Çü Pül RF'Fl ü J
9. ¤l ÇP E ¤El FF üF? ü', ÇP E 2 FZ üF J


1. ülZ'· lTH'El, 31 P'B El, ÇPE' PüE, PREü , FZ' HB FZl J
ülZ' lTH'El ü J Çü 30 P'B El ü J ÇP E' PüE PREü ü J ÇF' E FZ' HB FZl üF J

2. ü'5'· lTH'lEH', 28 P'B E', ÇP El RF'Fl , HlüH'u¤ , FF Fül` J
ü'5' lTH'lEH' ü J Çü 28 P'B E' ü J ÇP El RF'Fl HlüH'u¤ ü J ÇF' E FF Fül` üF J

3. ÐlB'· lTH'El Fül , 20 P'B El , P'·F'u F'B , lTlüH'üül , 5ü' J
ÐlB' lTH'El Fül J Çü 20 P'B El ü HB H'uE P'·F'u F'B ülüEl ü J Çü lTlüH'üül ü
ÇP E' lE¤ 5ü' ü J
74
1. Who is she? She is my sister.
2. Is she married? No, she is single.
3. Who is he? He is my husband.
4. Is he married? Yes, he is
5. Who are they? They are my children.
6. Where do they live? They live in the apartment.
7. Do you have any brothers? Yes, I have two brothers.
8. Who is that? That is my wife.
9. Does she have any children? Yes, she has two sons.

11.
ü'R E E'E' HB E'El üF J Çü ü'R E ulBT'ü F'B ülüE üF J ü'R E 5ü' Fül J ÇP El 2 5E' üF J Çü lTl
üH'üül üF J ü'R lTH'lEH' ü J ÇP El RF'Fl B'¤Zü ü Jü'R HB ÇP El RF'Fl E lE¤ FZl HB lE¤ FZ' ü J

1. ___F_____ü'R E P'·F'u üF J

2. ___T_____ü'R lTH'lEH' ü J

3. ___T_____ÇP El 2 5E' üF J

4. ___F____ü'R HB ÇP El RF'Fl lTlüH'üül üF J

5. ___F____ü'R B'¤Zü ü J

6. ___T_____ü'R E 2 FF üF J



1. F Raju has parents.
2. T Raju is married.
3. T He has two sisters
4. F Raju and his wife are students.
5. F Raju is a doctor.
6. T Raju has two children.


Raju has a grandfather and a grandmother. They live with Raju and his family. Raju has no brothers. He has
two sisters. They are students. Raju is married. His wife is a doctor. Raju and his wife have a daughter and a
son.

75
Lesson 6 VALIDATION COPY 1.0 JUNE 2007
Around Town
FÐü lT F
Nagar Vich



This lesson will introduce you to:
- Cardinal directions
- Names of urban buildings and landmarks
- How to ask and answer questions about locations of places and buildings.







1. Listen to and repeat the cardinal directions.













ÇB ü
Uttar
ÇBü·uüF
Uttar-purab
ÇBü·uZP
Uttar-pacham
uZP
Pacham
uüF
Purab
EuE·uZP
Dakhan-pacham
EuE·uüF
Dakhan*-purab
EuE
Dakhan
76
2. Listen to the following sentences and repeat after the speaker. Follow along in your workbook.






Bhatinda is north of Mansa.
FlBB' PFP' E ÇBü u'P ü J
Bhatinda Mansa de uttar pase hai
Ludhiana is west of Moga.
BlüH'E' PÐ' E uZP u'P ü J
Ludhiana Moga de pacham pase hai
Patiala is south of Ludhiana.
ulZH'B' BlüH'E' E EuE u'P ü J
Patiala Ludhiana de dakhan pase hai
Faridkot is east of Moga.
EülE¤Z PÐ' E uüF u'P ü J
Faridkot Moga de purab pase hai


3. a) Compose sentences according to the model. Check your answers with the answer key.

Model: ulZH'B' BlüH'E' E EuE u'P ü J
Patiala Ludhiana de dakhan pase hai

FlBB' - EuE· EülE¤Z
Bhatinda-dakhan-Faridkot
lEBl · ÇBü· ¤üF'B
Deldi-uttar-Karnal
ulZH'B'·uüF·PÐüü
Patiala-purab-Sangrur
lEüRuü · uZP ·PÐ'
Firozpur-pacham-Moga
77

b) Work with a partner. Tell each other where your homes are located.


4. Topographical features and urban buildings and landmarks are useful reference points when
getting to know a new area or for getting or giving directions. Listen to a list of common sites and
features. Repeat after the speaker while following along in the workbook.

Airport Hawaee adda
üT'ElHB'
Bank Bank
F`¤
Building Bhavan
5TF
House Ghar
±ü
Bus station Bus station
FP PZPF
Train station Train station
ZF PZPF
Police station Police thana
ulBP ü'F'
Café Café
¤E
Restaurant Restaurant
üPZlüZ
Church/mosque/temple Girja/masit/mandir
lÐüR'/PPlB/PEü
Movie theater Cinema hall
lPFP' ü'B
Hospital Hospital
üPuB'B
Market Bazaar
F'R'ü
Pharmacy Dawa khana
ET'u'F'
Post office Dakkhana
B'¤u'F'
Store Karma
¤Pü'
Park Park
u'ü¤
Factory Karkhana
¤'üu'F'
Bridge Pul
uB
Farm Farm
E'üP
Field Khet
uB
Forest Jangal
RÐB
Lake Jheel
5lB
Mountain Pahar
uü'3
River Nadi
FEl

78
5. Match the English word in the left column with the Punjabi equivalent in the right column. Check the
answer key.

1. Airport A. ¤'üu'F' (karkhana)
2. Bank B. üPuB'B (hospital)
3. Bus station C. üT'ElH B' (hawaee adda)
4. Café D. ET'u'F' (dawa khana)
5. Church E. üPZlüZ (restaurant)
6. Movie theater F. u'ü¤ (park )
7. Factory G. B'¤u'F' (dak khana)
8. Hospital H. FP PZ PF (bus station)
9. Park I. F`¤ (bank)
10. Pharmacy J. ¤E (café)
11. Post office K. lPF P' ü'B (cinema hall)
12. Restaurant L. lÐüR' (girja)


6. Read and translate the following sentences from Punjabi into English. Check your work with the
answer key.

1.F'R'ü, F`¤ E EuE u'P ü J
bazaar, bank de dakhan pase hai.

2.5 FEl, uü'3 E uüF u'P ü J
nadi, pahar de purab pase hai.

3.5 üT'ElHB', üZB E uZP u'P ü J
hawaeeadda, hotel de pacham pase hai.

4.5 uü'3 HB 5lB' , RÐB E uüF u'P üF J
pahar atei jheela*, jangal de purab pase han.

5.5 FEl , E'üP E EuE u'P ü J
nadi, farm de dakhan pase hai.

6.5 lPFP'ü'B, üPuB'B E uüF u'P ü J
cinema hall , hospital de purav pase hai.

7.5 5lB, u'ü¤ E ÇBü u'P ü J
jheel, park de uttar pase hai.
79
7. Compose sentences according to the model. Use the words below. Check your work with the answer
key.

Model: u'ü¤ ,B'¤u'F E uüF u'P ü J
Park, dakkhane de purab paase hai.

1. üT'ElHB' · uüF u'P · 5lB 5. FP PZPF· uüF u'P · ulBP ü'F
Hawaeeadda-purab pase-jheel Bus station- purab pase-police thane
2. F`¤ · EuE u'P· üPuB'B 6. ¤'üu'F' · EuE u'P · uü'3
Bank-dakhan pase-hospital Karkhana – dakhan pase- pahar
3. ET'u'F' · uZP u'P· B'¤u'F' 7. E'üP · uZP u'P · uB
Dawakhana-pacham pase- dakkhana Farm – pacham pase - khet
4. uB · ÇBü u'P · FEl 8. u'ü¤ · ÇBü u'P · 5lB
Pul – uttar pase -nadi Park – uttar pase – jheel


8. Listen to the speaker and circle the term you hear. Check your work with the answer key.

1. north west south
2. bank park bridge
3. train station bus station airport
4. restaurant café factory
5. post office pharmacy hospital
6. church movie theater factory
7. lake river farm
8. building bridge mountain


9. Listen to the following words and word combinations and repeat after the speaker. Follow along
in your workbook.

Where is the bank?
F`¤ l¤ü ü ?
Bank kithe hai?
In front of ……

agge
Next to ……
F'B
naal
Between …… and ……
lTF¤'ü.... HB ....
Vichkar…atei….
Around the corner from ……
F¤ü
nukkar
Across from ……
u'ü/ H'üu'ü
Paar/aarpaar
Towards……..
u'P
paase


80
10. Listen and repeat after the speaker. Follow along in your workbook. Translate into English.

1. 5lB l¤ü ü ? 5lB RÐB E F'B ü J
jheel kithe hai ? jheel jangal de naal hai.
2. F'R'ü l¤ü ü ? F'R'ü ulBP PZPF HB lÐüR E lTF¤'ü ü J
bazaar kithe hai? Bazaar police station atei girja de vichkar hai.
3. B'¤u'F' l¤ü ü ? B'¤u'F' üPuB'B E F¤ü B ü J
dakkhana kithe hai? Dakkhana hospital de nukkar te hai.
4. ZF PZPF l¤ü ü ? ZF PZPF u'ü¤ E H'üu'ü ü J
train station kithe hai? Train station park de aarpaar hai.
5. ¤E l¤ü ü ? ¤E üZB E HÐ ü J
café kithe hai? Café hotel de agei hai.


11. Work with a partner. Compose similar dialogues using the words below. Role-play your dialogues.

Model:
A. PlFF PlP'F, u'ü¤ l¤ü ü ?
suneo sriman, park kithe hai?


B. u'ü¤ üPuB'B E HÐ ü J
Park hospital de agge hai.


A. üF T'E J
dhanvad
1. u'ü¤· HÐ · üPuB'B
Park-agei-hospital
2. üT'ElHB' · H'üu'ü · FP PZPF
Hawaeeadda-aarpaar-bus station
3. RÐB · F'B · uü'3
Jangal-naal-pahar
4. ulBP ü'F' · F¤ü · lPFP'ü'B
Police thana-nukkar-cinemahall
5. lÐüR' · lTF¤'ü · ¤'üu'F' HB u'ü¤
Girja – vichkaar –kaarkhana atei park













81
End-of-Lesson Tasks


1. Translate each phrase into Punjabi. Check your work with the answer key.

A. The restaurant is next to the hotel.

B. The park is north of the lake.

C. The bank is between the church and the bus station.

D. The market is south of the bridge.

E. The café is across from the bookstore.

F. The field is in front of the farm.


2. Work with a partner or in small groups. In Punjabi, come up with a list of the facilities
on your base. Then draw a schematic map of the base. Now describe the locations of each
facility. Use the following vocabulary: a store, a hospital, a police station, a movie theater, a
park, a hotel, a church, an airfield, a restaurant, a forest, and your language training facility.
Use prepositions: between, next to, across from, in front of.





















82
Vocabulary List

Where kithe
l¤ü
North uttar
ÇB ü
South dakhan
EuE
East purab
uüF
West pacham
uZP
Mountain pahar
uü'3
Lake jheel
5lB
River nadi
FEl
Forest jangal
RÐB
Bridge pul
uB
Store dukan
E¤'F
Market bazaar
F'R'ü
Church/mosque/temple Girja/maseet/mandir
lÐüR'/PPlB/PlEü
Restaurant restaurant
üPZlüZ
Café cafe
¤E
Park park
u'ü¤
Bank bank
F`¤
Airport hawaeeadda
üT'ElHB'
Train station Train station
ZF PZPF
Bus station Bus station
FP PZPF
Pharmacy dawakhana
ET'u'F'
Hospital hospital
üPuB'B
Movie Theater cinemahall
lPFP'ü'B
Factory karkhana
¤'üu'F'
Farm farm
E'üP
Post office dakkhana
B'¤u'F'
Field khet
uB
Police station policethana
ulBPü'F'
In front of agge

Next to naal
F'B
Between vichkar
lTF¤'ü
Around the corner from nukkar
F¤ü
Across from Paar/aarpaar
u'ü/H'üu'ü




83
Answer Key

3.

FlBB' - EuE· EülE¤Z
Bhatinda is south of Faridkot

lEBl · ÇBü· ¤üF'B
Delhi is north of Karnal

ulZH'B'·uüF·PÐüü
Patiala is east of Sangrur

lEüRuü · uZP ·PÐ'
Ferozpur is west of Moga.

5.
1. C
2. I
3. H
4. J
5. L
6. K
7. A
8. B
9. F
10. D
11. G
12. E

6.
1. The market is south of the bank
2. The river is east of the mountains.
3. The airport is west of the hotel.
4. The mountains and lakes are east of the forest.
5. The river is south of the farm.
6. The movie theater is east of the hospital.
7. The lake is north of the park.

7.
1. üT'ElHB', 5lB E uüF u'P ü J
Hawaeeadda , jheel de purab pase hai.
2. F`¤, üPuB'B E EuE u'P ü J
Bank, hospital de dakhan pase hai.

84
3. ET'u'F', B'¤u'F E uZP u'P ü J
Dawakhana, dakkhane de pacham pase hai.
4. uB, FEl E ÇBü u'P ü J
Pul , nadi de uttar pase hai.
5. FP PZPF, ulBPü'F E uüF u'P ü J
Bus station, police thane de purab pase hai.
6. ¤'üu'F', uü'3 E EuE u'P ü J
Karkhana , pahar de dakhan pase hai.
7. E'üP , uB E uZP u'P ü J
Farm, khet de pacham pase hai.
8. u'ü¤, 5lB E ÇBü u'P ü J
Park, jheel de uttar pase hai.

8.
1. north
ÇBü uttar
2. bridge
uB pul
3. bus station
FP PZPF bus station
4. café
¤E cafe
5. post office
B'¤u'F' dakkhana
6. church
lÐüR' girja
7. farm
E'üP farm
8. mountain
uü'3 pahar

10.
1. Where is the lake? The lake is next to the forest.
2. Where is the market? The market is between the police station and the church.
3. Where is the post office? The post office is around the corner from the hospital.
4. Where is the train station? The train station is across from the park.
5. Where is the café? It is in front of the hotel.

End of Lesson Tasks

1.
A.üPBü' üZB E F'B ü J
B.u'ü¤ 5lB E ÇBü u'P ü J
C.F`¤ lÐüR' HB FP PZPF E lTF¤'ü ü J
D.F'R'ü uB E EuE u'P ü J
E.¤E l¤B'F' El E¤'F E u'ü ü J
F. uB E'üP E HÐ ü J


85
Lesson 7 VALIDATION COPY 1.0 JUNE 2007
Shopping
uülE'ül
Kharidari


This lesson will introduce you to:
- Customs and practices accepted in the Punjab State marketplaces
- Names of foods and stores
- How to make purchases in Punjab State (India) shops
- The verbs “to want,” “to buy,” “to pay,” and “to take”
- The modal verb “can.”


The currency in (Punjab) India is the Rupee. One U.S. Dollar can
purchase roughly 43 rupees. Paper currency is available in
denominations of 2, 5, 10, 20, 100, 500 and 1000 rupees. Coins are
available in 10, 20, 25 and 50 paises (1/100 rupee) and 1, 2, and 5
rupees.

GNI per capita in India was estimated to be $480 (2002) with a
purchasing power parity of $2,600. The GDP growth between 1992
and 1997 averaged a record 6.9 percent annually, exceeding the 5.8
percent averaged in the 1980s. India is poised to maintain an
average growth rate of over 6 percent.



Shopping Tips

¾ Barter for all items except for food.
¾ Save by not buying at tourist attractions.
¾ Buy reliable (sealed) bottled water.
¾ Buy food that is well cooked.
¾ Stay alive; watch for the abundant moving traffic.
¾ Travelers’ checks are accepted in any bank.
¾ Use ATM’s; do not use street-wandering currency converters.


86
1. Listen to the following vocabulary and repeat after the speaker.


¤B' F'Pu'Bl ZP'Zü H'B
kela nashpati tamatar aloo


Eü PuE HB' uFlü
dhud makhan A*nda paneer


PlülHB BFBüZl/FB FlFl H'ElP¤lP
cereal double roti/bread chini ice cream







PZl PüÐ'/PüÐl

machali murga/murgi

2. Work in pairs or in small groups. Ask your partner what foods he/she has at home. Use the model
below.

Model: A. ±ü lTF ¤l u'E F ü ?
Ghar vich ki khan*nu* hai?
B. ¤B , ZP'Zü , HB H'B üF J
Kele,tamatar,atei aloo han.
87
3. Familiarize yourself with the new vocabulary. Listen to the speaker and follow along in the
workbook. Look at the pictures and try to guess the meaning of unknown words. See the answer key if
you need help.


lEü PFRl El E¤'F ü J

üRFl PFRl El E¤'F B ¤P ¤üEl ü J
Çü E¤'FE'ü ü J
ü'R PlZ El E¤'F B ¤P ¤üE' ü J
Çü E¤'FE'ü ü J
Eih sabzee di dukaan hai. Rajni sabzee di dukaan te kam kardi
hai. Oh dukandar hai.
Raj meat di dukaan te kam karda hai.
Oh dukandar hai.




FlZ' ¤P ¤üEl ü ¤u3 E PZü B JÇü
E¤'FE'ü ü J
ülTEü Tl ¤P ¤üE' ü ¤u3 E PZü B J
Çü E¤'FE'ü ü J
Nita kam kardi hai kapre de store te. Oh
dukaandar hai.
Ravinder vi kam karda hai kapre de store te. Oh
dukaandar hai.


In India, department stores are not popular. Instead, there is a shop for everything, e.g. a clothes store, a
vegetable store, a bakery, etc. The term “cashier” is also not known. The owner or the helper in the shop is the
salesperson and does the transactions.





88
4. Work in pairs or in small groups. Make up dialogues using the model below. Check your work with
the answer key.


Model: A. ü'P l¤ü ¤P ¤üE' ü ?
Ramu kithe kam karda hai?
B. ü'P PFRl El E¤'F B ¤P ¤üE' ü J.
Ramu sabzi di dukan te kam karda hai.


I want to buy…
P` uülEE' F'üE' ü'...
main* khareedna chan*had han*.
You want to buy…
BPl uülEE' F'üE ü...
tusi khareedna chan*hde ho.
He wants to buy…
Çü uülEE' F'üE' ü...
oh khareedna chan*hda hai.
She wants to buy…
Çü uülEE' F'üEl ü.
oh khareedna chan*hdi hai.
We want to buy…
HPl` uülEE' F'üE ü' ...
asi khareedna chan*hde han*.
You (pl.) want to buy…
BPl` uülEE' F'üE ü...
Tusi* khareedna chan*hde ho.
They want to buy…
Çü uülEE' F'üE üF ...
oh khareedna chan*hde han.


5. Familiarize yourself with the new vocabulary. Listen to the speaker and follow along in the
workbook. Look at the pictures and try to guess the meaning of unknown words.




Tlül F l¤B'F uülEEl ü J Çü l¤B'F El E¤'F
B ü J
Tlü F ±3l uülEEl ü J Çü PZü B ü J
Viri ne kitaab khareedni hai. Oh kitaab di dukaan te hai. Vir ne ghari khareedni hai. Oh store te hai.





89
6. Match each Punjabi sentence in the left column with the English equivalent in the right column.
Check your answers with the answer key.

1. P` FB HB PuE uülEE' F'üE' ü' J A. Neera wants to buy fish.
Main* bread atei makhan khareedna chahunda han*.
2. ülZ' l¤B'F uülEE' F'üEl ü J B. They want to buy cheese.
Rita kitaab khareedna chahundi hai
3. Flü' PZl uülEE' F'üEl ü J C. I want to buy bread and butter.
Neera machchi khareedna chahundi hai.
4. Tlü ±3l uülEE' F'üE' ü J D. My sister wants to buy the clothes.
Veer ghadi khareedna chahunda hai.
5. HPl` Çuü'ü uülEE' F'üE ü' J E. Veer wants to buy a clock.
Asi* uphaar khareedna chahunde han*.
6. Çü uFlü uülEE' F'üE üF J. F. Rita wants to buy a book.
Oh paneer khareedna chahunde han .
7. Pül 5E ¤u3 uülEE' F'üEl ü J G. We want to buy a gift.
Meri bhen kapare khareedna chahundi hai.


Kilograms are used in India and certain food items are bought as ‘per dozen.’ Pounds are not used.

A pound/kilo of pears
lE¤ l¤B F'Pu'Bl
Eik kilo nashpati
A box of cereal
PlülHB E' BF'
Cereal da dibba
A bag of potatoes
H'B E' FÐ
Aloo da bag
A loaf of bread
FB
bread
A bottle of water
u'El El FBB
Pani* di bottle
A carton of milk
Eü E' ¤'üZF
Dhud da carton
A dozen eggs
lE¤ EüRF HB
Eik dozen an*de


7. Work with a partner or in small groups. Pretend that you are planning to have a surprise birthday
party for one of your classmates. You need to buy some food and gifts. Make a shopping list and tell
your partner in Punjabi what you want to buy.


XIt is okay to use “cost” either before the noun or after. Example: “Magazine cost how much?” or
“What is the cost of the magazine?”





90
8. Listen to the following dialogue and repeat after the speaker.

A. Excuse me. I want to buy cheese. How much is it?
PlFF Rl, P` uFlü uülEE' ü J l¤F E' ü ?
Suneeo ji. Main* paneer khareedna hai. Kinhei da hai ?

B. A pound of cheese is $5.40.
lE¤ l¤B uFlü 5 üluH' HB 40 uP E' ü J
Eik kilo paneer 5 rupee atei 40 paise da hai.

A. Thank you.
üFT'E J
Dhanvad


9. Pretend you want to buy the items listed below. One of your classmates is a salesperson. Role-play an
“In the Shop” dialogue using the dialogue above as a model. Work in pairs or in small groups.


Note: the abbreviations for Rupees (Rs.) and Paise (P) are commonly used for denoting the price, rather than
being written out in Punjabi, in nearly all stores around India.


1. lE¤ l¤B F'Pu'Bl · 3 Rs 45p.

2. lE¤ l¤B PZl · 8 Rs 15p

3. H'B E' FÐ · 2 Rs 30p

4. u'El El FBB · 1 Rs 19 p

5. Eü E' ¤'üZF · 4 Rs 50 p

6. FB · 2 Rs 65 p

7. lE¤ EüRF HB · 2 Rs 48 p





91
10. Complete the sentences using the words in the box. Check your answers with the answer key.


¤u3 El E¤'F PFRl El E¤'F l¤B'F' El E¤'F PZü
Kapare di dukan sabzi di dukan kitaaba* di dukan store


1. Pü P'·luB' Çuü'ü uülEE' F'üE üF______________________B J.
Mere ma*-pita uphar khareedna chan*hde han______________te.

2. Çü ZP'Zü HB H'B uülEE üF __________________B J
Oh tamatar atei aloo khareedde han______________te.

3. Pü' 5ü' l¤B'F' uülEE' ü ________________________B J
Mera phra kitaaba* khareedda hai________________te.

4. P` HB Pül 5E ¤u3 uülEE ü' ___________________B J
Main* atei meri bhein kapre khareedde ha*___________ te.

5. HPl` ¤u3, l¤B'F', HB Çuü'ü uülE P¤E ü' __________________B J
Asi* kapre, kitaaba*, atei uphar khreed sakde ha*_____________te.

Study the modal verb “can.”

In Punjabi the verb ‘can’ is always used as a helping verb. Example: I can dance.

I can
P` ¤ü P¤E'/El
Main kar sakda/di
You can
B ¤ü P¤E'/El
Tu* kar sakda/di
He can
Çü ¤ü P¤E'
Oh kar sakda
She can
Çü ¤ü P¤El
Oh kar sakdi
We can
HPl` ¤ü P¤E
Asi* kar sakde
You can
BPl ¤ü P¤E
Tusi kar sakde
They can
Çü ¤ü P¤E
Oh kar sakde

11. a) Listen to the following dialogue and repeat after the speaker. Follow along in the workbook.

Please note that in the present tense, the verb ends the sentence and has no gender. Example: I will take you
out. P` Bü'F F'lüü B R'E' üJ ‘I you outside take.’

A. Hello. I want to buy a loaf of bread. How much is it?
PlB Pl H¤'B, P` FB uülEEl ü J l¤F El ü ?
Sat sri akal, main* bread khareedni hai. Kinhe di hai?
92
B. It is $2.65.
2 Rs. 65p El ü J
2 Rs. 65p di hai.

A. Can I pay with a credit card?
¤l P` ¤ülBZ ¤'üB E P¤E'/El ü' ?
Ki main* credit card de sakda/di han*?

B. I’m sorry, but we take cash.
P'E ¤üF', uü HPl u'Bl uP B`E ü' J
Maaf karma, par asi khali paise lan*de han*.


b) Role-play the dialogue. Make up similar dialogues using the words below.

1. E FBB' u'El El
Do bottles pani di

2. lE¤ l¤B'F
eik kitaab

3. lE¤ ¤'üZF Eü E'
eik carton dhud da

4. lE¤ l¤B uFlü
eik kilo paneer

5. lE¤ EüRF HB
eik darjan an*de



12. Read the dialogue and answer the follow-up questions. Check your work with the answer key.

ülZ' 1: PlB Pl H¤'B, HülTE J
Rita 1: sat sri akal, Arvind.

HülTE 2 : PlB Pl H'¤'B, ülZ' J
Arvind 2: Sat sri akal, Rita.

ülZ' 1: BPl l¤ü R'E ü ?
Rita 1: tusi kithe jan*de ho?

HülTE 2 :P` PFRl El E¤'F F R' lüH' ü' J
Arvind 2: main* sabzi di dukan ja rihan* han*

ülZ' 1: BPl ¤l uülEE' ü ?
Rita1: tusi ki khareedna hai?

93
HülTE 2 :P` FB, E FBB' u'El ElH, HB l¤B uFlü uülEE' ü J BPl l¤ü R'E ü ?
Arvind2: main* bread, do bottles pani* di, atei kilo paneer khareedna hai. Tusi kithe jan*de ho?

ülZ' 1: P` PZü R' üül ü' J
Rita 1: main* store ja rahi han* .

HülTE 2 : BPl ¤l uülEE' ü ?
Arvind2: tusi ki khareedna hai?

ülZ' 1: P` H'uE E'E' Rl BEl Çuü'ü BE' ü J lE¤ l¤B'F HB ±3l J
Rita 1: main* aapne* dada ji laee uphar leina* hai. Eik kitaab atei ghari.

HülTE 2 : P` Çuü'ü Çuü'ü El E¤'F B uülEE' ü' J
Arvind 2: main* uphar, uphar di dukan te khareedda han* .

ülZ' 1: l¤B'F' El E¤'F B P` ¤lBZ ¤'üB Fül` lEPBP'B ¤ü P¤El J Çü uP BE` üF J
Rita1: kitaaba* di dukan te main* credit card nahi* istemal kar sakdi. Oh paise lan*de han.


Questions:

1. Where does Rita go?
2. What does he/she want to buy?
3. Where does Arvind go?
4. What does he/she want to buy?
5. Can he/she pay with a credit card at the bookstore?
















94
End-of-Lesson Tasks


1. Translate the following into Punjabi. Check your work with the answer key.

A. Where do you buy tomatoes and potatoes?
B. Do you take credit cards? No, we take cash.
C. I buy the gift for my sister in the clothing store.
D. How much is a loaf of bread? - $2.35


2. In Punjabi, tell where you buy groceries/ gifts/ books/ clothes.


3. What would you tell a salesperson in Punjab State if you want to buy a carton of milk/ a watch/ a
dozen eggs? How would you ask the price of it? Role-play the dialogue.


95
Vocabulary List

How much …? Kin*he da…?
l¤F E'.....?
It’s … hai
ü ...
I want to buy… Main* khareedna*
P` uülEE'...
Banana kela
¤B'
Butter makhan
PuE
Chicken Murga/murgi
PüÐ'/PüÐl
Fish machchi
PZl
Ice cream icecream
H'ElP¤lP
Milk dhud

Tomato tamatar
ZP'Zü
Pear nashpati
F'Pu'Bl
Potato aloo
H'B
Sugar chini
FlFl
Cereal cereal
PlülHB
Cheese paneer
uFlü
Eggs An*de
HB
A pound/kilo of cheese Kilo paneer
l¤B uFlü
A bag of potatoes Aloo da bag
H'B E' FÐ
A loaf of bread bread
FB
A bottle of water Pani* di bottle
u'El El FBB
A dozen eggs Dozen an*de
EüRF HB
A box of cereal Cereal da dibba
PlülHB E' BF'
A carton of milk Dhud da carton
Eü E' ¤'üZF
Department store store
PZü
Clothing store Kapre di dukaan
¤u3 El E¤'F
Grocery store Sabzi di dukaan
PFRl El E¤'F
Bookstore Kitaaba* di dukaan
l¤B'F' El E¤'F
Bread bread
FB
Credit card Credit card
¤lBZ ¤'üB
Cash paise
uP
Cashier dukaandar
E¤'FE'ü
Salesperson dukaandar
E¤'FE'ü
To buy Khareedna*
uülEE'
To take Laina*
BE'
To pay/pay for Daina*
EE'
Too vi
Tl
96
Can I pay with a credit
card?
Ki main* credit card naal
de sakda/di ha*?
¤l P` ¤lBZ ¤'üB F'B E P¤E'/El ü' ?
I’m sorry, but we take
cash.
Maaf karma, asi paise
lain*de ha*.
P'E ¤üF', HPl uP B`E ü' J










































97
Answer Key

3.
This is a grocery store.
Rajni works at the grocery store. She is a cashier.
Raj works at the grocery store. He is a salesperson.
Nita works at the clothing store. She is a salesperson.
Ravinder works at the clothing store too. He is a cashier.

6.
1. C I want to buy bread and butter.
2. F Rita wants to buy a book.
3. A Neera wants to buy fish.
4. E Veer wants to buy a clock.
5. G We want to buy a gift.
6. B They want to buy cheese
7. D My sister wants to buy the clothes.

10.
clothing store grocery store bookstore gift store department store


¤u3 El E¤'F PFRl El E¤'F l¤B'F' El E¤'F PZü PZü



1. My parents buy gifts at the ______________________.
1. Pü P'·luB' Çuü'ü uülEE' PÐE üF PZü B J.


2. They buy tomatoes and potatoes at the__________________.
2. Çü ZP'Zü HB H'B uülEE üF PFRl El E¤'F B J


3. My brother buys books at the________________________.
3. Pü' 5ü' l¤B'F' uülEE' ü l¤B'F' El E¤'F B J


4. My sister and I buy clothes at the ___________________.
4. P` HB Pül 5E ¤u3 uülEE ü' ¤u3 El E¤'F B J


5. We can buy clothes, books and gifts at the __________________.
5. HPl` ¤u3, l¤B'F', HB Çuü'ü uülE P¤E ü' PZü B J

98
12.
6. ülZ' l¤ü R'El ü ?
Ans: ülZ' PZü R'El ü J
7. ÇP F ¤l uülEE' ü ?
Ans: ÇP F H'uE E'E' Rl BEl Çuü'ü uülEE' ü J
8. HülTE l¤ü R'E' ü ?
Ans: HülTE PFRl El E¤'F F R'E' ü J
9. ÇP F ¤l uülEE' ü ?
Ans: ÇP F FB, E FBB' u'El, HB l¤B uFlü uülEE' ü J
10. ¤l Çü l¤B'F' El E¤'F B ¤lBZ ¤'üB lEPBP'B ¤ü P¤E üF ?
Ans: Fül`, Çü ¤lBZ ¤'üB Fül` lEPBP'B ¤ü P¤E J

1. Arvind is going to the grocery store.
2. He wants buy bread, two bottles of water, and a pound of pears.
3. Rita is going to the department store.
4. She wants to buy a book or a clock.

End-of-Lesson Tasks

1.
E. Where do you buy tomatoes and potatoes?
Ans: BPl ZP'Zü HB H'B l¤ü uülEE ü ?
F. Do you take credit cards? No, we take cash.
Ans: BPl ¤lBZ ¤'üB BEE ü? Fül`, HPl uP BEE ü' J
G. I buy the gift for my sister in the clothing store.
Ans: P` H'uEl 5E E BEl Çuü'ü uülEEl ü' ¤u3 El E¤'F lTF J
H. How much is a loaf of bread? - $2.35
I. FB l¤F El ü ? 2 Rs.35p

99
Lesson 8 VALIDATION COPY 1.0 JUNE 2007
Eating Out
F'üü u'E'
Bahar Khan*a


This lesson will introduce you to:
- Eating out in a restaurant in Punjab State (India)
- Various menu items
- How to order menu items
- Different table service items.



Roadside “Dhaba” Five-Star Restaurant


XIn Punjab (India), all of the restaurants and the roadside eating-places will have a menu available in English.
It is always fun to try ethnic Indian food sold by the roadsides restaurants (dhabas), a considerably less
expensive alternative than eating at a five-star hotel. A group of eight people can eat at a vegetarian Dhaba for
a mere Rs. 180 ($4.00 US) including colas, etc. Of course, any meat dishes do tend to be a little more
expensive. Make sure that the food is well cooked, and to satisfy the palate, try Tandoori barbeque.


XIndian restaurants clearly specify whether they serve vegetarian or non-vegetarian food. Some restaurants in
India might not serve pork or beef, depending upon religious preferences; Hindus don’t eat beef and Muslims
don’t eat pork. If you are craving beefsteak, it will usually be available in a five-star hotel.


XIn most households, it is the norm to eat with your fingers, but the choice varies from one person to another.
In a hotel or restaurant, spoons and forks are always provided.

100
1. Look at the restaurant menu below. Repeat the words after the speaker, and follow along in the
workbook.

Small World Restaurant

Soup Pu
Soup Rs. 30
Salad PB'E
Salad Free with food
Hamburger üPFüÐü
Hamburger Rs. 45
Fried potatoes lFuP
Chips Rs. 10
Pasta noodles
u'PB'
FBBR
Pasta/noodles Rs. 45
Chicken PüÐ'/Ðl
Murga/gi Rs. 80
Mutton (goat meat) PlZ
Meat Rs. 120
Fish PZl
Machchi Rs. 90
Ice cream H'ElP¤lP
Icecream Rs. 15
Cake ¤¤
Cake Rs. 125
Orange juice P Bü E' R P
San*tre da juice Rs. 12
Apple juice PF E' RP
Seb da juice Rs. 12
Coffee ¤'El
Coffee Rs. 25
Milk Eü
Dhud Rs. 15 per kg
Tea F'ü
Chai Rs. 2
Beer FlHü
Beer Rs. 25
Wine T'ElF
Wine Rs. 400

2. Imagine that you have $35.00. What would you order at the “Small World Restaurant”?

3. Read and translate the following dialogue between a waiter and a patron. Make up similar dialogues
using the words and word combinations below. Check the answer key.

XThe word “please” is not commonly used in Punjabi. Attachments to verbs imply politeness. Some
examples: “deoo” (give me politely), “chahida/di” (I want politely).

A. PE Rl , TZü J
Sunoji, waiter
B. ü' Rl J
Ha*ji.
A. PF lE¤ ¤u ¤'El E' F'lüE' ü J
Main*nu* eik cup coffee da chahida hai.
B. P'E ¤üF' PlP'F Rl, P'B ¤B ¤'El Fül` ü , uü F'ü ü J
Maaf karma sriman* ji, sade kol coffee nahi* hai, par chai hai.
C. ¤'El E' ¤u · F'ü C PBü E RP E' ÐB'P · PF E' RP
Coffee da cup-chai San*tre de juice da glass-seb da juice
D. Eü E' ÐB'P · F'ü/¤'El D. PZl HB FBBR · PüÐ' HB lFuP
Dhud da glass-chai/coffee Machchi atei noodles-murga atei chips.
101
4. Listen to the following dialogue that takes place at a restaurant. Follow along in your workbook.
Pay attention to the new words. Role-play the dialogue. You can substitute the highlighted words with
any food from the “Small World Restaurant” menu.

A. Hello, sir. What do you want to eat?
PlB Pl H¤'B, PlP'F J BPl ¤l u'ÇÐ ?
Sat sri akal sriman. Tusi ki khaoge?
B. What do you recommend?
BPl ¤l PB'ü lE`E ü J
Tusi ki salaah dinde ho.
A. We have tandoori chicken and noodles. They are delicious.
P'B ¤B BFEül PüÐ' HB FBBR üF J FüB PT'E üF J
Sade kol tandoori murga atei noodles han. Bahut sawad han.
B. Very well. Tandoori chicken and noodles, please.
FÐ', BFEül PüÐ' HB FBBR EÇ, l¤u' ¤ü¤ J
Chan*ga. Tandoori murga atei noodles deoo, kirpa karka.
A. What do you want to drink?
ulE BEl ¤l BÇÐ ?
Peen* laee ki laooge?
B. A cup of tea with sugar and milk.
lE¤ ¤u F'ü E' FlFl HB Eü E F'B J
Eik cup chai da chini atei dhud de naal.
A. Any dessert?
¤R lPB' ?
Khuj mitha?
B. Yes, I want one gulab jamun.
ü' , lE¤ ÐB'F R'PF
Ha*, eik gulaab jamun.
A. Here is your bill, sir.
lEü Bü'B' lFB ü PlP'F J
Eh tuhada bill hai sriman.
B. Can I pay with a credit card?
¤l P` ¤lBZ ¤'üB lEPBP'B ¤ü P¤E' ü' ?
Ki main* credit card estemal kar sakda ha*?
A. Yes, you can.
ü' Rl J
Ha* ji.






102
Present tense

Past Tense
I drink
P` ulE' ü'
Main* peen*da ha* I drank
P ulB'
Mai peeta
You drink
B ulE'/El ü
Tu*peen*da/di hai You drank
B ulB'
Tu* peeta
He drinks
Çü ulE' ü
oh peen*da hai He drank
ÇP F ulB'
usne peeta
We drink
HPl ul`E ü'
asi peen*de ha* We drank
HPl ulB'
Asi peeta
You drink
B Pl ul`E ü
tusi peen*de ho You drank
BPl ulB'
Tusi peeta
They drink
Çü ul`E üF
oh peen*de han They drank
ÇF' F ulB'
Un*ha*ne peeta


5. Using the restaurant menu above, tell your classmates in Punjabi what you ate and drank at a
restaurant the last time you were there.


Model: luZB HBT'ü P` üPZlüZ lÐH' Pl J P` lFuP, PüÐ', HB PB'E u'E' J P` F'ü ulBl J
Pichale eitvar main* restaurant giya si. Main* chips, murga atei salad khada. Main* chai peeti.


6. Fill in the blanks to complete the sentences below. Check your work with the answer key.

1. _______________________?
luZB HBT'ü P` üPZlüZ Pl J
Pichale eitvar main* restaurant si.
2. ___________________________?
ü', Pü' 5ü' HB P` Çü Pl J
Ha*, mera phra atei main* uthe si.
3. ____________________________?
ÇP F u'PB' HB PZl u'El J
Usne pasta atei machchi khadee.
4. ____________________________?
ÇP F F'ü ulBl J
Usne chai peeti.
5. ____________________________?
P` PüÐ' HB lFuP u'E J
Main* murga atei chips khade.
6. ____________________________?
P` ¤'El ulBl J
Main* coffee peeti.

7. Below are some table service items. Listen and repeat after the speaker.


Plate Bowl Cup Glass
uBZ ¤Zül ¤u ÐB'P
Plate Katori Cup Glass
103

Knife Fork Spoon Napkin
Zül ¤'Z' FPF Ful¤F
Churi Kan*ta Chamach Napkin


8. Match the English words in the left column with the Punjabi equivalents in the right column.

1. Plate A. FPF /chamach

2. Bowl B. ÐB'P /glass

3. Cup C. Zül /churi

4. Glass D. ¤'Z' /kan*ta

5. Knife E. ¤u /cup

6. Fork F. uBZ /plate

7. Spoon G. Ful¤F /napkin

8. Napkin H. ¤Zül / katori

9. Listen to the following model. Repeat after the speaker. Compose similar sentences using the
words below.

Model: A. Pü ¤B FPF Fül` ü J PF FPF EÇ ?
Mere kol chamach nahi* hai. Main*nu* chamach deoo?
B. ü', Rüü J lEü BÇ J
Ha*, jaroor. Eih laoo.

1. Ful¤F napkin
2. ¤u cup
3. ¤'Z' kan*ta
4. Zül churi
5. ÐB'P glass
104
10. Listen to the speaker and circle the words you hear. Check your work with the answer key.

1. I want a glass of milk / juice.

2. We drank orange juice / apple juice at a restaurant.

3. Did you eat salad / pasta?

4. They ate fried potatoes and chicken / fish.

5. She had soup and hamburger / salad and beef.

6. Can I have a knife / fork?

7. He does not have a glass / plate.




























105
End-of-Lesson Tasks


1. Tell in Punjabi what you usually eat and drink for breakfast / lunch / dinner.


2. Tell in Punjabi what you ate and drank at a restaurant the last time you were there.


3. Pretend that you are at a restaurant now. What would you say in Punjabi if you want to eat salad and
fried potatoes? You also want a cup of coffee, and you need a fork and a napkin. What would you say in
Punjabi if you did not know what to choose? Your classmate is a waiter. Role-play the dialogue. Work
in pairs or in small groups.


4. Read and translate the following text in Punjabi. Answer the following questions. Check your work
with the answer key.

luZ B P ¤üT'ü ¤P E F'HE , P ü' 5ü', P ü P'·F'u HB P ` ü PZ lüZ " PP B TüBB " ÐÊ Pl J Çü Z Z' ü PZ lüZ
ü F `¤ E u'ü J T Zü F PB'ü lEBl l¤ HPl BFE ül P üÐ' , PB'E, HB F BBR u'ElÊ JP ü 5ü' F PlZ HB H'B u
'E , HB F'ü ulBl FlFl HB E ü F'B J P ül P' F P u HB ü PFüÐü u'E' J ÇF ' F P F E' R P ulB' JlP B lTF Ç
F ' F PZ Fül E' ¤ ¤ u'E' J P ü F'u Rl F PlZ, lFu P HB ZP'Zü u'E J ÇF ' F Ð B'F R'PF lBB' HB ¤'El ulBl
J P ` P üÐ' HB PB'E u'E' J Fü B PT'E Pl J P ` ¤ lBZ ¤'üB E E' F'ÇE ' Pl uü P ü F'u F u P E lEB J P'P F
ü B F Ðl lF¤Bl J

Pichale shukarvar kam de baad , mera bhra, mere ma*-baap atei main* restaurant ‘small world gaye si. Oh
chota restaurant hai bank de paar. Waiter ne salah diti ki asi tandoori murga , salad atei noodles khaeeyei . mere
bhra ne meat atei aloo khade, atei chai piti chini atei dhud naal.meri ma* ne soup atei hamburger khada. Unhan*
ne seb da juice pita . mithe vich unhan*ne strawberry da cake khada. Mere baap ji ne meat, chips atei tamater
khade. Unhan*ne gulab jamun lita atei coffee piti. Main* murga atei salad khada. Bahut swad si. Main* credit
card dena* chahun*da si par mere baap ne paise de ditei. Shaam bahut chan*gi si.

1. ulüT'ü üPZlüZ ¤E` ÐÊ ?
parivar restaurant kadon* gaye?

2. üPZlüZ l¤ü Pl ?
restaurant kithe si?

3. TZü F ¤l PB'ü lEBl ?
waiter ne ki salah diti ?
106
4. Pü 5ü' F ¤l u'E' ?
mere hbra ne ki khada ?

5. ÇP F ¤l ulB'?
usne ki pita ?

6. ¤l Pül P' F Pu HB üPFüÐü u'E' ?
ki meri ma* ne soup atei hamburger khada?

7. ¤l ÇF' F PBü R' PF E' RP ulB' ?
ki unhan*ne san*tere jan* seb da juice pita ?

8. ¤l ÇF' F ÐB'F R'PF u'E' ?
ki unhan*ne gulab jamun khada?

9. Pü F'u F ¤l u'E' ?
mere baap ne kI khada ?

10. ¤l ÇF' F T'ElF ulBl ?
ki unhan*ne wine piti ?

11. ¤l Pü F'u F ¤lBZ ¤'üB F'B lFB lEB' ?
ki mere baap ne credit card naal bill dita?

12. ¤l P'P FÐl Pl ?
ki shaam chan*gi si ?
107
Vocabulary List

Apple juice seb da juice
PF E' RP
Bowl katori
¤Zül
Cheesecake cheesecake
FlR¤¤
Coffee coffee
¤'El
Cup cup
¤u
Fork kan*ta
¤'Z'
Fried taliya
BlBH'
Glass glass
ÐB'P
Knife churi
Zül
Napkin napkin
Ful¤F
Orange juice San*tre da juice
P Bü E' R P
Piece eik
lE¤
Plate plate
uBZ
Please kirpa
l¤u'
Salad salad
PB'E
Soup soup
Pu
Spoon chamach
FPF
Tea chai
F'ü
Mutton meat
PlZ
Hamburger hamburger
üPFüÐü
Here you are Eh laoo
lEü BÇ
To drink / drank Peena*
ulE'
To eat /ate Khana*
u'E'
Recommend Salaah dena*
PB'ü EE'
Wonderful Chan*ga
FÐl
Delicious sawad
PT'E
Very well Chan*ga
FÐ'
Lemon nimbo
lFF
Dessert mitha
lPB'
Bill bill
lFB
Wine wine
T'ElF
Beer beer
FlHü





108
Answer Key

3.
A. Excuse me, waiter.
B. Yes, please.
A. I want a cup of coffee.
B. Sorry, sir. We do not have coffee, but we have tea.

6.
1. luZB HBT'ü BPl l¤ü Pl ?
luZB HBT'ü P` üPZlüZ Pl J
2. ¤l Bü'B' 5ü' Tl F'B Pl ?
ü', Pü' 5ü' HB P` Çü Pl J
3. ÇP F ¤l u'ü' ?
ÇP F u'PB' HB PZl u'ül J
4. ÇP F ¤l ulB' ?
ÇP F F'ü ulBl J
5. BPl ¤l u'ü' ?
P` PüÐ' HB lFuP u'ü J
6. BPl ¤l ulB' ?
P` ¤'El ulBl J

10.
1. milk Eü dhud
2. apple juice PF E' RP seb da juice
3. pasta F BBR noodles
4. fish PZl machchi
5. sald and beef PB'E HB PlZ salad atei meat
6. knife Zül churi
7. glass ÐB'P glass.

End of Lesson Tasks

4.
Last Friday after work, my brother, our parents and I went to the restaurant “Small World.” It’s a small
restaurant across from the bank. A waiter recommended us to have tandoori chicken, salad, and noodles. My
brother ate meat and potatoes; he drank tea with sugar and milk . My mother ate soup and a hamburger. She
drank apple juice. For dessert she had a piece of strawberry cake. My father ate meat, fried potatoes, and
tomatoes. He ate gulab jamun for dessert and drank coffee. I ate chicken and salad. It was delicious! I wanted
to pay with a credit card, but my father paid cash. We had a wonderful evening.


109
1. When did the family go to the restaurant? The family went to the restaurant last Friday.
2. Where is the restaurant? The restaurant is across from the bank
3. What did the waiter recommend? He recommended ftandoori chicken, salad, and noodles.
4. What did my brother eat? He ate meat and potatoes.
5. What did he drink? He drank tea with sugar and milk.
6. Did my mother eat soup and a hamburger? Yes, she did.
7. Did she drink orange or apple juice? She drank apple juice.
8. Did she eat a piece of cheesecake for dessert? No, she had strawberry cake.
9. What did my father eat? He ate meat, fried potatoes, and tomatoes
10. Did he drink wine? No, he drank coffee.
11. Did my father pay with a credit card? No, he paid cash.
12. Was it a wonderful evening? Yes, it was.


1. ulüT'ü üPZlüZ ¤E` ÐÊ ?
P¤üT'ü F J
2. üPZlüZ l¤ü Pl ?
F`¤ E u'ü Pl J
3. TZü F ¤l PB'ü lEBl ?
TZü F PB'ü lEBl l¤ HPl BFEül PüÐ' , PB'E, HB FBBR u'lEÊ J
4. Pü 5ü' F ¤l u'E' ?
Pü 5ü' F PlZ HB H'B u'E J
5. ÇP F ¤l ulB'?
ÇP F F'ü ulBl, FlFl HB Eü F'B J
6. ¤l Pül P' F Pu HB üPFüÐü u'E' ?
ü' J
7. ¤l ÇF' F PBü R' PF E' RP ulB' ?
ÇF' F PF E' RP ulB' J
8. ¤l ÇF' F ÐB'F R'PF u'E' ?
Fül` J
9. Pü F'u F ¤l u'E' ?
Pü F'u F PlZ , lFuP HB ZP'Zü u'E J
10. ¤l ÇF' F T'ElF ulBl ?
Fül J
11. ¤l Pü F'u F ¤lBZ ¤'üB F'B lFB lEB' ?
Fül`, uP lEB J
12. ¤l P'P FÐl Pl ?
ü' J

110
Lesson 9 VALIDATION COPY 1.0 JUNE 2007
Holidays, Customs, and Cultural Traditions
ZZlH, ülBlH, HB P`'Plü lB¤ uü uü'
Chutiyan, Ritiyan atei Sanskritik Parampara


This lesson will introduce you to:
- How to read dates
- How to use ordinal numbers
- Names of the months
- Holidays, customs, and cultural traditions of Punjab (India).

The ordinal numbers change in the oblique case and the feminine gender, but it is singular, as ‘tenth’ would be
‘dasva*’ as compared to ‘tenth street’ where it would be ‘dasvi* street.’


1. Listen and repeat after the speaker. Follow along in the workbook.

1 one
ulüB'
Pahila
the first
ulüBl
Pahili
2 two
ER'
Dooja
the second
ERl
Dooji
3 three
BlR'
Teeja
the third
BlRl
Teeji
4 four
Fü'
Chautha
the fourth
Fül
Chauthi
5 five
uRT'
Panjva*
the fifth
uRTl`
Panjvi
6 six
ZT'
Cheva*
the sixth
ZTl
Chevi*
7 seven
PBT'
Satva*
the seventh
PBTl`
Satvi*
8 eight
HBT'
Adhva*
the eighth
HBTl`
Adhvi*
9 nine
FT'
Nauva*
the ninth
FTl`
Nauvi*
10 ten
EPT'
Dasva*
the tenth
EPTl`
Dasvi*

111
2. Fill in the blanks to complete the sentences. Use the words located in the box. Check your answers
with the answer key.


uRT' ER' ulüB' ZT' BlR' PBT' Fü' PBT'
Panjva* duja pahila cheva* teeja satva* chautha satva*


1. PPT'ü , üEB E' __________lEF ü J
somvar, hafte da___________ din hai.

2. PÐBT'ü , üEB E' __________lEF ü J
mangalvar, hafte da___________ din hai.

3. FüT'ü , üEB E' __________lEF ü J
budhvar, hafte da___________ din hai.

4. TlüT'ü, üEB E' __________lEF ü J
virvar, hafte da___________ din hai.

5. P¤üT'ü, üEB E' __________lEF ü J
shukarvar, hafte da___________ din hai.

6. PFlFüT'ü, üEB E' __________lEF ü J
shanicharvar, hafte da___________ din hai.

7. HBT'ü, üEB E' __________lEF ü J
aitvar, hafte da___________ din hai.


3. Listen and repeat after the speaker the ordinal numbers 11 through 20. Follow along in the
workbook.

11 eleven
R'üT'
Gayarva*
the eleventh
R'üTl`
Gayarvi*
12 twelve
F'üT'
Barhva*
the twelfth
F'üTl`
Barhvi*
13 thirteen
BüT'
Terhva*
the thirteenth
BüTl`
Terhvi*
112
14 fourteen
FET'
Chaudhva*
the fourteenth
FETl`
Chaudhvi*
15 fifteen
uEüT'
Pandarhva*
the fifteenth
uEüTl`
Pandarhvi*
16 sixteen
PBT'
Solva*
the sixteenth
PBTl`
Solvi*
17 seventeen
PB'üT'
Satarva*
the seventeenth
PB'üTl`
Satarvi*
18 eighteen
HB'üT'
Adharva*
the eighteenth
HB'üTl`
Adharvi*
19 nineteen
ÇFlT'
Uneesva*
the nineteenth
ÇFlTl`
Uneesvi*
20 twenty
TlüT'
Viva*
the twentieth
TlüTl`
Vihvi*


4. Read the following ordinal numbers in Punjabi.

11
th
, 13
th
, 15th, 17
th
, 19
th
, 12
th
, 14
th
, 16
th
, 18
th
, 20
th
.


5. Listen and repeat after the speaker the ordinal numbers 21-30.

21 twenty-one
lE¤lT'
Eikeeva*
the twenty-first
lE¤lTl`
Eikeevi*
22 twenty-two
F'ElT'
Baeeva*
the twenty-second
F'ElTl`
Baeevi*
23 twenty-three
BElT'
Teieva*
the twenty-third
BElTl`
Teievi*
24 twenty-four
FTlT'
Chauviva*
the twenty-fourth
FTlTl`
Chauvivi*
25 twenty-five
u5lT'
Panjhiva*
the twenty-fifth
u5lTl`
Panjhivi*
26 twenty-six
ZFlT'
Chabiva*
the twenty-sixth
ZFlTl`
Chabivi*
27 twenty-seven
PB'ElT'
Satayeva*
the twenty-seventh
PB'ElTl`
Satayevi*
28 twenty-eight
HB'ElT'
Adhaeva*
113
the twenty-eighth
HB'ElTl`
Adhaevi*
29 twenty-nine
ÇFBlT'
Unativa*
the twenty-ninth
ÇFBlTl`
Unativi*
30 thirty
BlüT'
Teehva*
the thirtieth
BlüTl`
Teehvi*


6. Listen to the names of the months and repeat after the speaker.

January
RFTül
January
February
EüTül
February
March
P'üF
March
April
HuüB
April
May
PEl
May
June
RF
June
July
RB'El
July
August
HÐPB
August
September
PBFü
September
October
H¤BFü
October
November
FTFü
November
December
lEPFü
December



7. Look at the picture and say the dates and days of the week in Punjabi.


Model: HR 23 PEl , 2001 ü J PÐBT'ü ü J
Aaj 23 may, 2001 hai. Mangalvar hai.












114
8. Listen and repeat after the speaker the names of Punjabi (Indian) holidays. Follow along in the
workbook.

Diwali (festival of lights)
Dushera (good over evil)
Holi (festival of colors, celebrating the onset of spring)
Vaisakhi (solar new year and creation of the Khalsa)
Ram Navmi (birth of the lord Rama )
Karva Chauth (women fast for the whole day for the long life of their husbands).
Eid (celebrated by Muslims)
Christmas (celebrated by Christians)

XNational Holidays
August 15
th
: Independence Day
October 2
nd
: Gandhi’s Birthday
January 26
th
: Republic Day

XIndia (Punjab State) is officially a secular country and its citizens enjoy countless festivals. India has three
major national holidays, and the central government recognizes holidays of all faiths.



A traditional earthen oil lamp used to decorate homes on Diwali.


9. Listen as the speaker reads the following years. Repeat after the speaker.

Note: English numerals are spoken in almost all states of India.

1925-nineteen twenty-five
ÇFl` P u5l
Unhi* so panji
1900-nineteen hundred
ÇFl` P
Unhi* so
2004-two thousand four
E üR'ü F'ü
Do hazaar char

‘Thousand’ is ‘ Hazaar.’
115
10. Read the following years in Punjabi.
Note: In India, the date is written as follows: dd/mm/year.

2001, 1987, 1960, 1945, 2000, 1700, 1516


11. Listen to the speakers tell their dates of birth. Follow along in the workbook.



1. When were you born? 2. When were you born? 3. When were you born?
Bü'Bl RFP B'ülu ¤l ü ? Bü'Bl RFP B'ülu ¤l ü ? Bü'Bl RFP B'ülu ¤l ü ?
Tuhadi janam tareekh ki hai? Tuhadi janam tareekh ki hai? Tuhadi janam tareekh ki hai?

I was born on the
11
th
of June, 1936.
I was born on the
31
st
of July, 1960.
I was born on the
23
rd
of January, 1987.
Pü' RFP 11 RF ÇFl
P ZBl E' ü J
Pü' RFP 31RB'El ,
ÇFl P PB E' ü J
Pü' RFP 23RFTül, ÇFl
P PB'Pl E' ü J
Mera janam 11 june unhi sau
chatti da hai.
Mera janam 31 july unhi sau sath da
hai.
Mera janam 23 january, unhi sau
sataee da hai.

12. Work in pairs or in small groups. Ask your partner when he was born. Use the model below.

Model:
A. Pü' RFP 15 EüTül, ÇFl P lFH'Pl E' ü J Çü'Bl ¤l RFP B'ülu ü ?
A. mera janam 15 february unhi so biaasi da hai. Tuhadi ki janam tareekh hai?

B. Pü' RFP 4 PBFü, ÇFl` P ÇF'Pl E' ü
B. Mera janam 4 september, unhi so oonasi da hai.






116
13. Look at the picture below and imagine that this is your family. Describe each member. Use the
model below. You can use real pictures of your family.


Model: lEü Pü' 5ü' ü J ÇP E' F' ü'P ü J Çü 25 P'B E' ü J ÇP E' RFP 16 H¤BFü, ÇFlP HPl E' ü J
Eh mera bhra hai. Usda na* Ramu hai. Oh 25 saal da hai. Usda janam 16 october unhi sau asi da hai.







14. Read and translate the following text into English. Answer the questions below.

Pü' F' RÐPüF ü J P` 5'üB B ü' J P` RBüü ülüE' ü' J Pü' ulüT'ü TB' ü : RF'Fl, 2 FF HB Pü P'·F'u J
Pü' ±ü TB' ü J Pül RF'Fl 30(Blü) P'B El ü J ÇP E' RFP 23/11/1970 E' ü JÇü B'¤Zü ü HB üPuB'B l
TF ¤P ¤üEl ü J Pü FF lTlüH'üül üF J Çü P¤B lTF u3E üF J Pül FZl RFPl Pl 26 HuüB 1992 F J P
ü' FZ' 8(HB) P'B E' ü J ÇP E' RFP 1(lE¤) PEl 1996 E' ü J P ül P' FE üF J Çü 78 (HBBü) P'B E üF
J ÇF' E' RFP 22 (F'El ) FTFü 1926 E' ü J Pü F'u 79 (ÇF'Pl) P'B E üF JÇF' E' RFP 25 HÐPB 1925
E' ü J Çü ¤P Fül` ¤üE JÇü l¤B'F' u3E üF , ZBllTRF TuE üF R' P'B FlFH' F'B uBE üF J Pü' ulü
T'ü FüB FÐ' ü J

Mera nam Jagmohan hai. Main* Bharat ton* han*. Main* Jalandhar rahin*da han*. Mera parivar vada hai:
janani, 2 bachche atei mere ma*-baap. Mera ghar vada hai. Meri janani 30 (teeh) saal di hai. Usda janam
23/11/1970 da hai. Oh doctor hai atei hospital vich kam kardi hai. Mere bachche vidyarthi han.oh school vich
parhde han.meri beti janmi si 26 april 1992 nu*.mera beta 8 (ath) saal da hai.usda janam 1 may 1996 da hai.
Meri ma* budhe han.oh 78 (athater) saal de han. Unhan8 da janam 22(baee) November 1926 da hai. Mere baap
79 (unasee) saal de han. Unhan* da janam 25 august 1925 da hai. Oh kam nahi* karde. Oh kitaaba* parhde han,
television vekhade han ja* sade bachea* naal khedde han. Mera parivar bahut chan*ga hai.

117
1. ulüT'ü l¤ü ülüE' ü ?
parivar kithe rahin*da hai?

2. RF'Fl l¤F P'B El ü ?
Janani kinhe saal di hai?

3. ÇP E' RFP ¤E E' ü J
usda janam kado* da hai?

4. Çü ¤l ¤P ¤üEl ü ?
oh ki kam kardi hai?

5. Çü l¤ü ¤P ¤üEl ü ?
oh kithe kam kardi hai?

6. RÐPüF E l¤F FF üF ?
jagmohan de kin*he bache han?

7. FZ' l¤F P'B E' ü ?. ÇP E' RFP ¤E E' ü ?
beta kinhe saal da hai? usda janam kado* da hai?

8. FZl l¤F P'B El ü ?
beti kinhe saal di hai?

9. ÇP E' RFP ¤E E' ü ?
usda janam kado* da hai?

10. E'El l¤F P'B E üF ?
dadi kinhe saal de han?
11. ÇF' E' RFP ¤E E' ü ?
unhan* da janam kado* da hai?

12. E'E' l¤F P'B E üF ?
dada kinhe saal de han?

13. ÇF' E' RFP ¤E E' ü ?
unhan* da janam kado* da hai?

14. E'E'/E'El ¤l ¤üE üF ?
dada/dadi ki karde han?
►For all happy occasions, the words “Mubarak”or “Badhaee” are used, and for sad occasions, “Afsoos.”










118
End-of-Lesson Tasks


1. Tell in Punjabi the date when:

- you were born;
- you graduated from high school;
- you got married;
- your child was born;
- you enlisted in the service.


2. Give the names of Punjab (India) holidays and tell when they are celebrated (in Punjabi).


3. Invite your roommate to a Christmas party and give him/her directions on how to get there.




























119
Vocabulary List

The first Pahili
ulüBl
The second Dooji
ERl
The third Teeji
BlRl
The fourth Chauthi
Fül
The fifth Panjvi*
uRTl`
The sixth Chevi*
ZTl`
The seventh Satvi*
PBTl`
The eighth Adhvi*
HBTl`
The ninth Nauvi*
FTl`
The tenth Dasvi*
EPTl`
The eleventh Gayarvi*
R'üTl
The twelfth Barhvi*
F'üTl`
The thirteenth Terhvi*
BüTl`
The fourteenth Chaudhvi*
FETl`
The fifteenth Pandarhvi*
uEüTl`
The sixteenth Solvi*
PBTl`
The seventeenth Satarvi*
PB'üTl`
The eighteenth Adharvi*
HB'üTl`
The nineteenth Uneesvi*
ÇFlTl`
The twentieth Vivi*
TlüTl`
The twenty-first Eikeevi*
lE¤lTl`
The twenty-second Baeevi*
F'ElTl`
The twenty-third Teievi*
BElTl`
The twenty-fourth Chauvivi*
FTlTl`
The twenty-fifth Panjhivi*
u5lTl`
The twenty-sixth Chabivi*
ZFlTl`
The twenty-seventh Satayevi*
PB'ElTl`
The twenty-eighth Adhaevi*
HB'ElTl`
The twenty-ninth Unativi*
ÇFBlTl`
January January
RFTül
February February
EüTül
March March
P'üF
April April
HuüB
May May
PEl
June June
RF
July July
RB'El
120
August August
HÐPB
September September
PBFü
October October
H¤BFü
November November
FTFü
December December
lEPFü
Was born Peida
hoeeya/hoyee
uE' ülEH'/üEl
To invite Bulaona*
FB'ÇE'
Invitation Nimantran/bulava
lFPBE/FB'T'
Address Pata
uB'
Drive Chalan*
F'BE
Along Naal
F'B
Two blocks Do blocks
E FB'¤'
Turn right/left Muro saje/khabe
P3 PR/uF
Come over Aaoo
H'Ç
To visit Jana*
R'E'
Birthday Janam din
RFP lEF
Birthday party Janam din di
party
RFP lEF El u'üZl
Wedding Viah
lTH'ü
Funeral An*tim sanskar
HlBP PP¤'ü





















121
Answer Key

2.
1. PPT'ü , üEB E' ___ulüB'_______lEF ü J
2. PÐBT'ü , üEB E' ____ER'______lEF ü J
3. FüT'ü , üEB E' ___BlR'_______lEF ü J
4. TlüT'ü, üEB E' ___Fü'_______lEF ü J
5. P¤üT'ü, üEB E' ___uRT'_______lEF ü J
6. PFlFüT'ü, üEB E' ___ZT'_______lEF ü J
7. HBT'ü, üEB E' ___PBT'_______lEF ü J

1. Monday is the ___first___day of the week.
2. Tuesday is the __second_day of the week.
3. Wednesday is the _third__day of the week.
4. Thursday is the _fourth_day of the week.
5. Friday is the __fifth__day of the week.
6. Saturday is the _sixth_day of the week.
7. Sunday is the __seventh__day of the week.

14.
1. ulüT'ü l¤ü ülüE' ü ?
Ans ulüT'ü RBüü ülüE' ü J
2. RF'Fl l¤F P'B El ü ?
Ans RF'Fl 30 P'B El ü J
3. ÇP E' RFP ¤E E' ü J
Ans ÇP E' RFP 23/11/1970 E' ü
4. Çü ¤l ¤P ¤üEl ü ?
Ans Çü B'¤Zü ü J
5. Çü l¤ü ¤P ¤üEl ü ?
Ans Çü üPuB'B lTF ¤P ¤üEl ü J
6. RÐPüF E l¤F FF üF ?
Ans RÐPüF E 2 FF üF J
7. FZ' l¤F P'B E' ü ?. ÇP E' RFP ¤E E' ü ?
Ans FZ' 8(HB) P'B E' ü J ÇP E' RFP 1, PEl 1996 E' ü J

8. FZl l¤F P'B El ü ?
Ans FZl 12 P'B El ü J
9. ÇP E' RFP ¤E E' ü ?
Ans ÇP E' RFP 26 HuüB 1992 E' ü J
10. E'El l¤F P'B E üF ?
122
Ans E'El 78(HBBü ) E üF J
11. ÇF' E' RFP ¤E E' ü ?
Ans ÇF' E' RFP 22 (F'El)FTFü 1926 E' ü J

12. E'E' l¤F P'B E üF ?
Ans E'E' 79 (ÇF'Pl ) P'B E üF J
13. ÇF' E' RFP ¤E E' ü ?
Ans ÇF' E' RFP 25(u5l ) HÐPB 1925 E' ü J
14. E'E'/E'El ¤l ¤üE üF ?
Ans E'E'/E'El l¤B'F' u3E üF, ZBllTRF TZE üF HB FFH' F'B uBE üF J

My name is Jagmohan. I am from India. I live in Jalandhar. I have a big family: a wife, two children, and my
parents. We live in a big house. My wife is 30. She was born on November 23, 1970. She is a doctor and
works at the hospital. My children are students. They study at school. My daughter was born on the April 26,
1992. My son is 8 years old. He was born on the 1
st
of May, 1996. My mother is very old. She is 78. She was
born on the 22
nd
of November, 1926. My father is 79. He was born on the 25
th
of August, 1925. They do not
work. They read books, watch television, or play with our children. I have a wonderful family.

1. Where does the family live?
2. How old is the wife?
3. When was she born?
4. What is her occupation?
5. Where does she work?
6. How many children do they have?
7. How old is the son? When was he born?
8. How old is the daughter?
9. When was she born?
10. How old is the grandmother?
11. When was she born?
12. How old is the grandfather?
13. When was he born?
14. What do the grandparents do?

1. Jalandhar, India
2. 30
3. November 23, 1970
4. Doctor
5. Hospital
6. 2
7. 8 years old, May 1, 1996
8. 12 years old
9. April 26, 1992
10. 78
11. November 22, 1926
123
12. 79
13. August 25, 1925
14. Read books, watch television, and play with the grandchildren

124
Lesson 10 VALIDATION COPY 1.0 JUNE 2007
Around the House
±ü lTF
Ghar Vich


This lesson will introduce you to:
- Basic vocabulary related to the home (types of rooms, furniture, etc.)




1. Listen to the vocabulary below and repeat after the speaker.

Bathroom
ÐPBu'F'/PF'F±ü
gusalkhana/shananghar
Bedroom
PE E' ¤Pü'
saun* da kamra
Dining room
u'ÇE E' ¤Pü'
khaun* da kamra
Door
EüT'R'
darwaza
Floor
RPlF
zameen
Window
lu3¤l
khirki
Garage
Ðü'R
garaj
Roof
ZB
chath
Antenna
ÊFZF'
antenna
Office
EEBü
daftar
Basement
FPPZ
basement
Yard
lTü3'
wahra
Kitchen
üPEl
rasoee
Living room
FB¤
badhak
One-story
uüBl ·PlRB
pahili-manzil
Two-story
ERl·PlRB
doji-manzil
First floor
uüBl ·PlRB
pahili-manzil
Second floor
ERl·PlRB
doji-manzil
125
2. Match the Punjabi words in the left column with their English equivalents in the right column. Check
your answers with the answer key.

1. ÐPBu'F' / gusalkhana A. Basement
2. PE E' ¤Pü'/saun* da kamra B. Yard
3. u'E E' ¤Pü'/khan da kamra C. Garage
4. EüT'R' /darwaja D. Living room
5. RPlF/zameen E. Bathroom
6. lu3¤l/khirkee F. Kitchen
7. Ðü'R/garage G. Bedroom
8. FB¤/bethak H. Door
9. EEBü/dafter I. Dining room
10. FPPZ t/basement J. Floor
11. lTü3'/ vihra K. Office
12. üPEl /rasoee L. Window


3. Complete the following sentences by filling in the blanks from the list of words written in the box
below. Check your work with the answer key.


Ðü'R P`E E' ¤Pü' ÊFZF' lTü3' üPEl FB¤ HB u'E E' ¤Pü'
Garage saun* da karma antennae vihra rasoee bethak atei khan* da kamra


1. __________ ü ZB B J
_______ hai chet tei.

2. EEBü HB ÐPBu'F E lTF¤'ü __________ ü
dafter atei gualkhane de vichkar__________ hai.

3. ±ü E HÐ __________ ü J
Ghar de agei ________ hai .

4. üPEl ü ________ E lTF¤'ü J
Rasoee hai ______ de vichkar.


4. Draw a plan of your house and tell your partner in Punjabi the types of rooms you have and where
they are located. Work in pairs or in small groups.


126
5. Match the following questions with the correct answers. Check your work with the answer key.

A. ÐPBu'F' l¤ü ü ? 1. ü', P'B ¤B lF¤' lRH' Ðü'R ü J
Gusalkhana kithe hai? Han*, sade kol nikka jiaa garage hai.

B. üPEl l¤ü ü ? 2. P`E E' ¤Pü' FB¤ E F'B ü J
Rasoee kithe hai? Saun* da karma bethak de naal hai.

C. P`E E' ¤Pü' l¤ü ü ? 3.ü', P'B ¤B TBl FPPZ ü J
Saun* da karma kithe hai? Han*, sade kol vadi basement hai

D. ¤l Bü'B u'E E' ¤Pü' ü ? 4. P'B ¤B BlF P`E E ¤Pü üF J
Ki tuhade khan* da karma hai? Sade kol teen saun* de kamre han.

E. ¤l Bü'B ¤B Ðü'R ü ? 5. üPEl uüBl PlRB B ü J
Ki tuhade kol garage hai? Rasoee pahali manzil te hai.

F. Bü'B ¤B l¤F P`E E ¤Pü üF ? 6. ÐPBu'F' P`E E ¤Pü E F'B ü J
Tuhade kol kinhe saun* de kamre han? Gusalkhana saun* de kamre de naal hai.

G. ¤l Bü'B FPPZ ü ? 7. Fül`, P'B ¤B u'E E' ¤Pü' Fül` ü J
Ki tuhade basement hai? Nahi*, sade kol khan* da karma nahi* hai.


6. Pretend that you want to buy a house. Your classmate is a real estate agent. Make up a dialogue
using the model below. Work in pairs or in small groups.

Model:
A. P` E PlRB E' ±ü uülEE' F'üE' ü' J
main* do manzil da ghar khareedna*
chahan*da han*.
B. lE¤ FÐ' lF¤' lRH' ±ü ü F'R'ü E F'B J
Eik changa nikka jiaa ghar hai bazaar de naal.
A. P`E E l¤F ¤Pü üF ?
Saun* de kinhe kamre han?
B. lE¤ ¤Pü' ü J
eik karma hai.

A. ÐPBu'F l¤F üF ?
Gusalkhane kinhe han?
B. ±ü lTF lE¤ TB' ÐPBu'F' ü J
ghar vich eik vada gusalkhana hai.
A. ¤l Çü üPEl ü ?
Ki uthe rasoee hai?
B. ü' , ü J
han*, hai.





127
7. Familiarize yourself with these terms for furniture and furnishings. Listen and repeat after the
speaker.


Fü'ÇE E' ZF
nahaun* da tub

PR'
manja

l¤B'F' El HBP'ül
kitaaba* di almari

¤üPl
kursi

¤u3 El HBP'ül
kapre di almari


ZFB
table

EülR
fridge

B`u
lamp

P'El¤TT
microwave

üBlF
radio

ÐBlFB
galicha

lP¤
sink

PE'
sofa

PZT
stove


8. Below is a chart with rooms you would find in a typical home. Under each room, list the furniture and
furnishings (from the list above) that you would expect to find there. Some items will be used more than
once.

üPEl
rasoee
u'E E' ¤Pü'
khan* da kamra
FB¤
bathak
P`E E' ¤Pü'
saun* da kamra
ÐPBu'F'
gusalkhana



9. Using the chart above, ask each other questions about the furniture in your rooms.

Model:1.Bü'Bl üPEl lTF ¤l ü ? · Pü ¤B PZT,....... ü J
tuhadi rasoee vich ki hai? Mere kol stove,….. hai.

128
2. Bü'B u'E E ¤Pü lTF ¤l ü ? Pü ¤B ZFB, ....... ü J
tuhade khan* de kamre vich ki hai? Mere kol table,…. Hai .


10. Listen and read along as a speaker talks about his home, and then answer questions about the
passage.

Pü' F' ü'R ü J P` H'uEl RF'Fl HB FFH' F'B FBlÐ3 ülüE' ü' J P'B ¤B lF¤' E PlRB' ±ü ü J Pü F'u P'
B F'B ülüE üF J ±ü lTF 3 P`E E ¤Pü üF: lE¤ Pül RF'Fl HB Pü' , lE¤ Pü FZH' E' HB lE¤ Pü F'u E'
J E P`E E ¤Pü ER PlRB B üF HB lE¤ ulüB PlRB B ü J P'B ¤B E ÐPBu'F üF J P'B ¤B TBl üPEl ü l
Rü PZT , HTF, lP¤ , HB EülR ü J üPEl lTF ül TB' PR ü lRü HPl u'ÇEE ü' J P'B ¤B u'E E' ¤Pü' Fü
l` ü J P'Bl FB¤ lTF PE', ZFB, E ¤üPlH' , HB ZZ' ZBllTRF ü J ü'B E u'E E F'HE Pü' ulüT'ü HB P` Z
BllTRF TuE ü' J

Mera naam Raju hai. Main* aapni* janani atei bachea* naal Chandigarh rahin*da han*. Sade kol nikka do
manzila ghar hai. Mere baap sade naal rahin*de han. Ghar vich 3 saun* de kamre han: eik meri janani atei mera,
eik mere beteaa* da atei eik mere baap da. Do saun* de kamre doje manzil te han atei eik pahile manzil te hai.
Sade kol do gusalkhane han. Sade kol vadi rasoee hai jithe stove, oven , sink atei fridge hai. Rasoee vich hi vada
maize hai jithe asi khoun*de han*. Sade kol khan da karma nahi* hai. Sadi bethak vich sofa, table, do kursiaa* ,
atei chota television hai. Raat de khane de baad mera parivar atei main* television vekhde han* .

A. Where does the family live?

B. How many people live in the house?

C. Is the house one story or two stories?

D. How many bedrooms are there, and who sleeps in which bedroom?

E. How many bedrooms are on the first floor?

F. How many bathrooms are there in the house?

G. Where do they eat their meals?

H. What does the family do in the evening after dinner?








129

End-of-Lesson Tasks


1. Listen to the speaker and circle the terms that you hear.

1. bedroom bathroom living room
2. lamp oven stove
3. toilet bathtub sink
4. sofa chair bed
5. carpet floor window
6. chair dresser radio
7. first floor second floor one-story
8. garage basement roof


2. You have a guest in your home. Give him/her answers, in Punjabi, to the following questions.

Where is the bathroom?
ÐPBu'F' l¤ü ü ?
Gusalkhana kithe hai?
Where is the kitchen?
üPEl l¤ü ü ?
Rasoee kithe hai?
How many bedrooms do you have?
l¤F P`E E ¤Pü üF J?
Kin*he saun* de kamre han?
Where is the telephone?
ZBlEF l¤ü ü ?
Telephone kithe hai.

Can I watch television?
¤l P` ZBllTRF Tu P¤El ü' ?
Ki main* television vekh sakdi ha*?
When do you eat dinner?
BPl ü'B E' u'E' ¤E` u'E ü ?
Tusi raat da khan*a kado* khan*de ho?
When do you get up in the morning?
BPl PTü ¤E R'ÐE ü ?
Tusi sawere kado* jagde ho?
What time do you go to work?
BPl ¤P B l¤F TR R'E ü ?
Tusi kam te kin*he vaje jan*de ho?











130
Vocabulary List

Basement Basement
FPPZ
Bathroom Gusalkhana
ÐPBu'F'
Bathtub Nahaun* da tub
Fü'ÇE E' ZF
Bed Man*ja
PR'
Bedroom Saun* da karma
P`E E' ¤Pü'
Bookcase Kitaaba* di almari
l¤B'F' El HBP'ül
Chair Kursi
¤üPl
Closet Almari
HBP'ül
Table Table
ZFB
Dining room Khan* da karma
u'E E' ¤Pü'
Door Darwaja
EüT'R'
Floor Manzil
PlRB
Garage Garaj
Ðü'R
Kitchen Rasoee
üPEl
Lamp Lamp
B`u
Living room Bathak
FB¤
Microwave oven Micro oven
P'El¤ HTF
One-story Eik manzil
lE¤ PlRB'
Oven Oven
HTF
Radio Radio
üBlF
Carpet Galicha
ÐBlF'
Second floor Do manzil
E PlRB'
Sink Sink
lP¤
Sofa/couch Sofa/sofa
PE'/PE'
Stove Stove
PZT
Television Television
ZBllTRF
Toaster Toaster
ZPZü
Toilet Tati
ZZl
Two-story Do manzil
E PlRB'
Window Khirki
lu3¤l







131
Answer Key

2.
1. ÐPBu'F' / gusalkhana(E) A. Basement
2. PE E' ¤Pü'/saun* da karma(G) B. Yard
3. u'E E' ¤Pü'/khan* da karma(I) C. Garage
4. EüT'R' /darwaja(H) D. Living room
5. RPlF/zameen(J) E. Bathroom
6. lu3¤l/khirkee(L) F. Kitchen
7. Ðü'R/garage(C) G. Bedroom
8. FB¤/bethak(D) H. Door
9. EEBü/dafter(K) I. Dining room
10. FPPZ t/basement(A) J. Floor
11. lTü3'/ vihra(B) K. Office
12. üPEl /rasoee (F) L. Window

3.
1. ___ÊFZF'_______ ü ZB B J
2. EEBü HB ÐPBu'F E lTF¤'ü __PE E' ¤Pü'________ ü
3. ±ü E HÐ ___lTü3'_______ ü J
4. üPEl ü __FB¤ HB u'E E ¤Pü_____ E lTF¤'ü J

1. There is an antenna on the roof.
2. There is a bedroom between the office and the bathroom.
3. There is a yard in front of the house.
4. There is a kitchen between the living room and the dining room.

5.
A Where is the bathroom?(6) 1. Yes, we have a small garage.
B. Where is the kitchen?(5) 2. The bedroom is next to the living room.
C. Where is the bedroom?(2) 3. Yes, we have a big basement.
D. Do you have a dining room?(7) 4. We have three bedrooms.
E. Do you have a garage?(1) 5. The kitchen is on the first floor.
F. How many bedrooms do you have?(4) 6. The bathroom is next to the bedroom.
G. Do you have a basement? (3) 7. No, we don’t have a dining room.

10. Compare your answers with the translation
My name is Raju. I live with my wife and two children in Chandigarh. We have a small two-story house. My
father lives with us. The house has 3 bedrooms: one for my wife and I, one for our two sons, and one for my
father. Two bedrooms are on the second floor, and one bedroom is on the first floor. We have two bathrooms.
We have a large kitchen with a stove, oven, sink and refrigerator. In the kitchen there is a large table where we
eat. We do not have a dining room. Our living room has a sofa, a table, two chairs, and a small television. In
the evening after dinner, my family and I watch TV.
132

End of Lesson Tasks

1.
1. bathroom Gusalkhana
ÐPBu'F'
2. lamp Lamp
B`u
3. sink Sink
lP¤
4. bed Man*ja
PR'
5. window Khirki
lu3¤l
6. radio Radio
üBlF
7. first floor Pahili manzil
ulüBl PlRB
8. roof chet
ZB

133
Lesson 11 VALIDATION COPY 1.0 JUNE 2007
Weather and Seasons
P PP HB ü B'
Mausam atei Rutan*


This lesson will introduce you to:
- Vocabulary related to weather, seasons, and climate
- How to ask for and give temperatures
- How to understand the weather report
- How to discuss the weather and climate in Punjabi.


1. Listen to the weather terms as they are read aloud. Repeat the weather terms after the speaker.



Rain Sun Wind
F'üP üu üT'
barash dhup hawa



Snow Fog Clouds
FüE üü FEB
baraf dhund badal




134
2. Match the pictures with the correct weather term.







üT'
hawa

üu
dhup

F'üP/Tüu'
Barash/varkha

FüE
baraf



3. What do you hear? Circle the terms you hear spoken by the native speaker. Check the answer
key.

A. sun snow fog clouds rain wind
B. sun snow fog clouds rain wind
C. sun snow fog clouds rain wind
D. sun snow fog clouds rain wind


4. Familiarize yourself with the following terms related to the weather. Pause the recording as
many times as you need to. Repeat after the speaker.

Temperature Tapmaan
B'uP'F
Fahrenheit/Celsius Fahrenheit/Celsius
EüFü'ElZ/PBPlHP
Weather Mausam
PPP
Weather forecast Mausam da anumaan
PPP E' HFP'F
Weather report Mausam di rapat
PPP El üuZ
Winter: December,
January, February
Sardi da mausam: December,
January, Frbruary
PüEl E' PPP: lEPFü,
RFTül, EüTül
Spring: March,
April, May
Basant da mausam: March, April,
May
FPB E' PPP: P'üF,
HuüB,PEl
Summer: June,
July, August
Garmi da mausam: June,
July, August
ÐüPl E' PPP: RF,
RB'El,HÐPB

135
Fall: September,
October, November
Patjhar da mausam: September,
October, November
uB53 E' PPP: PBFü ,
H¤BFü, FTFü
Clear Saaf
P'E
Cloudy Badal
FEB
Windy Hawa
üT'
Cold Sardi
PüEl
Low temperature Hedhala tapmaan
üBB' B'uP'F
Freezing Bahut ziada dhand
FüB lRH'E' BE
Below freezing Jam jana*
RP R'E'
Warm Garmi
ÐüPl
High temperature Uchcha tapmaan
ÇF' B'uP'F
Hot Garmi
ÐüPl
Dry Sukka
P¤'
Sunny Dhund honi*
üu üFl
Rainy Varkha/barash honi*
Tüu'/F'üP üFl

Note: The noun is followed by the verb, and the prepositions change according to singular and plural form.
Example: “The rain is falling.”-‘varkha pan*di hai’ or “The clouds are coming.”-‘badal an*de* han’. In
Punjabi, the noun is always described as ‘the rain is falling,’ ‘the snow is falling,’ etc.


5. Listen to these typical questions and responses about the weather. Repeat them after the
speaker.

- How is the weather in December?
December vich mausam kida* da
hun*da hai?
·lEPFü lTF PPP l¤E' E' üE' ü ?
- It’s cold and snowy.
Dhand hun*di hai atei baraf pen*di
hai.
·BB üEl ü HB FüE u`El ü J
- How is the weather in April?
April vich mausam kida* da hun*da
hai?
·HuüB lTF PPP l¤E' E' üE' ü ?
- It’s warm and clear.
Garmi hun*di hai atei saaf hun*da
hai.
·ÐüPl üEl ü HB P'E üE' ü J
- How is the weather in July?
July vich mausam kida* da hun*da
hai?
·RB'El lTF PPP l¤E' E' üE' ü ?
- It’s sunny and hot.
Dhund hundi hai atei garmi hun*di
hai.
·üu üEl ü HB ÐüPl üEl ü J
- How is the weather in October?
October vich mausam kida* da
hun*da hai?
·H¤BFü lTF PPP l¤E' E' üE' ü ?
- It’s windy and rainy.
Hawa chaldi hai atei varkha pen*di
hai.
·üT' FBEl ü HB Tüu' u`El ü


136
6. Read the following short dialogues on the weather and match each one to a picture below.

A
·HR PPP l¤E' E' ü ? B · B'uP'F ¤l ü ?
Aaj mausam kida* da hai? Tapmaan ki hai?


·FEB üF HB Tüu' ü üül ü J · 22 lBÐl ü J ÐüPl ü HB P'E ü J
Badal han atei varkha ho rahi hai. 22 degree hai. Garmi hai atei saaf hai.


C
·Çü PPP l¤E' E' ü ? D. ·üu ü ?
Uthe mausam kida* da hai?

Dhup hai.

·FüE u üül ü HB RP ÐEl ü J ·Fül`, üü ü HB BB ü J
Baraf pei rahi hai atei jam gayee hai. Nahi*, dhund hai atei dhand hai.




#1 #2



#3 #4





137
7. Work with a partner. Complete the dialogues according to the models in Exercise 5 and Exercise 6.
Use the vocabulary given below. Check your work with the answer key.

sunny rainy hot cool clear foggy overcast cloudy below freezing warm dry
üu Tüu' ÐüPl BB' P'E üü FEB FEB RPE' ÐüPl Pu'
Dhup Varkha Garmi Dhanda Saaf Dhund Badal Badal Jamna* Garmi sukka


-RFTül lTF PPP l¤E' E' üE' ü ?
January vich mausam kida* da hun*da hai?
- ........ ü HB .......... ü J .......hai atei ….. hai.
- PEl lTF PPP l¤E' E' üE' ü ?
May vich mausam kida* da hun*da hai?
- ........ ü HB .......... ü J .......hai atei ….. hai
- HÐPB lTF PPP l¤E' E' üE' ü
August vich mausam kida* da hun*da hai?
- ........ ü HB .......... ü J .......hai atei ….. hai
- FTFü lTF PPP l¤E' E' üE' ü ?
November vich mausam kida* da hun*da hai?
- ........ ü HB .......... ü J .......hai atei ….. hai


8. Listen to the speaker. Mark the statement that you hear. Check the answer key.

1. A. The weather in September is clear and sunny.
B. The weather in September is rainy and warm.
C. The weather in September is foggy and cold.

2. A. What is the temperature today? It is 22 degrees Celsius.
B. What is the temperature today? It is 22 degrees Fahrenheit.
C. What is the temperature today? It is 22 degrees.

3. A. Is it cold in spring? No, it’s warm and sunny.
B. Is it raining in spring? No, it’s warm and sunny.
C. Is it windy in spring? No, it’s warm and sunny.

4. A. What is the weather forecast for tomorrow? Overcast and cold.
B. What is the weather forecast for tomorrow? Cloudy and cold.
C. What is the weather forecast for tomorrow? Sunny and cold.

5. A. The summers are hot and rainy. The winters are cold and snowy.
B. The summers are hot and dry. The winters are cold and snowy.
C. The summers are hot and sunny. The winters are cold and snowy.




138
9. Familiarize yourself with the following terms related to weather and natural disasters.


Lightning Thunderstorm Tornado
lFRBl BE'F BE'F
Bijali Toofan toofan



Hurricane Flood
BE'F ü3
Toofan har


10. What do you hear? Circle the term you hear spoken by the native speaker. Check your
answers with the answer key.

A. flood tornado thunderstorm hurricane lightning
B. flood tornado thunderstorm hurricane lightning










139
End-of-Lesson Tasks


1. Listen to the following weather report for different cities in Punjabi. In English, fill in the chart
below with the weather and temperature for each city. Pause or replay the audio if needed. Check your
work with the answer key.


City Weather Temperature
1.



2.



3.



4.






2. Listen to the following weather report and answer the questions below. Check your work with
the answer key.

Play Audio

For what State is this weather report?
-uR'F Punjab
·ÐRü'B Gujrat
·lüP'FB uEP Himachal Pradesh

For what date is this weather report?
-HR Aaj
·¤B Kal
·¤B Kal




What will the high and low temperatures be for the day?
·B'uP'F 40 lBÐl tapman 40 degree
·B'uP'F 15 lBÐl EüFü'ElZ tapman 15 degree Fahrenheit
·B'uP'F 25 lBÐl PBPlHP tapman 40 degree Celsius

Is rain expected?
· ü' Han*
· F' Na*

Is wind mentioned?
- ü' Han*
- F' Na*

140

3. Working in pairs or small groups, describe the pictures. Using the vocabulary you’ve learned in this
lesson, compose a story to match the pictures. Include the season of the year, the name of the month, the
type of weather it seems to be, etc.

























141
Vocabulary List

Weather Mausam
PPP
Weather forecast Mausam anumaan
PPP HFP'F
Weather report Mausam rapat
PPP üuZ
Rain Varkha/barash
Tüu'/F'üP
Sun Dhup
üu
Wind Hawa
üT'
Snow Baraf
FüE
Fog Dhund
üü
Lightning Bijali
lFRBl
Thunderstorm Toofan
BE'F
Tornado Haneri toofan
üFül BE'F
Hurricane clouds Toofani badal
B E'Fl FE B
Rainy Varkha/barash honee
Tüu'/F'üP üFl
Sunny Dhund honee
üu üFl
Cloudy Badal honei
FEB üF
Freezing Baraf jamna*
FüE RPE'
Clear Saaf
P'E
Temperature:
Fahrenheit/Celsius
Tapmaan
Fahrenheit/Celsius
B'uP'F:
EüFü'ElZ/PBPlHP
Hot garam
ÐüP
Cold dhanda
BB'
Warm garam
ÐüP
Dry sukha
Pu'
Overcast badal
FEB
Windy Hawa chalna*
üT' FBE'
Winter: December,
January, February
Sardi da mausam: December,
January, february
PüEl E' PPP: lEPFü,
RFTül, EüTül
Spring: March,
April, May
Basant da mausam: march,
april, may
FPB E' PPP: P'üF,
HuüB, PEl
Summer: June,
July, August
Garmi da mausam: june,
july, august
ÐüPl E' PPP: RF,
RB'El, HÐPB
Fall: September,
October, November
Patjhar da mausam: September, October,
november
uB53 E' PPP: lPBFü,
H¤BFü, FTFü
High Upper da
Çuü E'
Low Hedha* da
üB' E'

142
Answer Key

3.
A sun
üu
dhup
B snow
FüE baraf
C clouds
FEB
badal
D fog
üü
dhund

6.
A 2 - How is the weather today? B 3 - What is the temperature?
- It is overcast and raining. It is 22 degrees Celsius! It is very warm and clear.

C 4 - How is the weather there? D 1 - Is it sunny?
- It’s snowing and below freezing. - No, it’s foggy and cold.

7.
-RFTül lTF PPP l¤E' E' üE' ü ?
- ..BE'...ü E '... ü HB .....FüE u `El..... ü J

- PEl lTF PPP l¤E' E' üE' ü ?
- ....ÐüPl üEl.... ü HB.....P'E üE'..... ü J

- HÐPB lTF PPP l¤E' E' üE' ü
- ....F'üP u`El.... ü HB....FEB üE...... ü J


- FTFü lTF PPP l¤E' E' üE' ü ?
- ....P'E üE'.... ü HB....BE üEl...... ü J

9.
1.
A.PBFü lTF PPP P'E üE' ü HB üu üEl ü J
September vich mausam saaf hun*da hai atei dhup hun*di hai.
A. The weather in September is clear and sunny.
2.
A.HR B'uP'F ¤l ü ? 22 lBÐl PBPlHP ü J
Aaj da taapman ki hai? 22 degree Celsius hai.
A. What is the temperature today? It is 22 degrees Celsius.
3.
B.¤l FPB lTF Tüu' üEl ü ? Fül`, ÐüPl üEl ü HB üu üEl ü J
ki basant vich varkha hun*di hai? Nahi*, garmi hun*di hai atei dhup hun*di hai.
B. Is it raining in spring? No, it’s warm and sunny.
4.
C. ¤B E PPP E' HFP'F ¤l ü ? üu ü HB FüE u`El ü J
Kal de mausam da anumaan ki hai? dhup han atei baraf pan*di hai.
C. What is the weather forecast for tomorrow? Sunny and cold.
143
5.
C. ÐüPlH' lTF ÐüPl üEl ü HB üu üEl ü J PüElH' lTF BB üEl ü HB FüE u`El ü J
Garmia* vich garmi hun*di hai atei dhup pan*di hai. Sardia* vich dhand hun*di hai atei
baraf pan*di hai.
C. The summers are hot and sunny. The winters are cold and snowy.

11.
BE'F Toofan hurricane
lFRBl bijali lightning

End of Lesson Tasks
1.

City Weather Temperature
1.
uR'F P'E HB ÐüPl ü 38 lBÐl PBPlHP
2.
lüP'FB uEP BB HB FüE u üül ü 10 lBÐl PBPlHP
3.
lEBl FEB HB üü ü 23 lBÐl PBPlHP
4.
PFEl F'üP HB ÐüPl ü 32 lBÐl PBPlHP


City Weather Temperature
1. Punjab Clear and hot 38 degree celsius
2. Himachal pradesh Cold and snowy
10 degree celsius
3. Delhi Cloudy and foggy
23 degree celsius
4. Mumbai Rainy and warm
32 degree celsius


2.
HR E PPP El üuZ uR'F BEl : PTü F Tüu'/F'üP E H'P'ü J üT'T' H'ÇE lÐH' ÇBü B JP'P F FEB ZZ
FÐ HB B'uP'F BÐ5Ð 25 lBÐl PBPlHP üÊÐ' J
Aaj de mausam di rapat Punjab layee: Savere nu* varkha/ barash de aasaar. Hawa*wa* aaun*giya* uttar to*.
Shaam nu* badal chetange atei tapman lagbhag 25 degree Celsius hoyega.

Today’s weather report for Punjab: rain in the morning, winds coming from the north. In the evening the clouds
will break up and the temperature will be around 25 degrees Celsius.

For what State is this weather report?
-uR'F (ANS)
·ÐRü'B
·lüP'FB uEP

For what date is this weather report?
-HR (ANS)
144
·¤B
·¤B

What will be the high and low temperatures for the day?
·B'uP'F 40 lBÐl
·B'uP'F 15 lBÐl EüFü'ElZ
·B'uP'F 25 lBÐl PBPlHP (ANS)

Is rain expected?
· ü' (ANS)
· F'

Is wind mentioned?
- ü' (ANS)
- F'

145
Lesson 12 VALIDATION COPY 1.0 JUNE 2007
Personal Appearance
lTH¤BlÐB lE u
Viaktigat Deekh


This lesson will introduce you to:
- one’s physical features (hair color, weight, height, etc.)
- articles of clothing
- colors
- description of a person’s physical appearance, including the clothing
- appropriate ways to ask about someone’s appearance.



1. Look at the pictures below and familiarize yourself with the new vocabulary. Listen to the
descriptions of people’s appearances.




Tall Short Heavy Thin Young Old
BP' ZZ'/lF¤' 5'ü'/ül uBBl/uBB' lF¤l/RT'F FE'/FEl
Lamba Chota/nikka Bhara Patli Nikki/jawan Bhudha





Short Long Blond Red Gray
ZZ BP 5ü B'B PEE
Chotei Lambei Bhurei Lal safed



146
2. Look at the pictures below and listen to the descriptions of people’s appearances.



FE BÐ FB üF
The old people are sitting.



lEü PB' RT'F ü J
Çü BP' ü
This boy is young.
He is tall.




FFl 6 PülF El üJ
Çü BEüPB ü J
The baby is 6 months old.
She is healthy.



XThe masculine pronunciation is always ‘aa.’ Example: ‘ladka’ (boy). The feminine pronunciation is always
‘ee.’ Example: ‘ladki’ (girl).


3. Look at the pictures below and familiarize yourself with the new vocabulary. Listen to the
speaker and repeat as you follow along in the workbook.

Hair: Blond
PFlüü
Sunehre
Brown

Bhure
Red
B'B
Lal
Grey
PBZl
Salati
Curly
±±ü'B
Ghungrale
Straight
lPü
sidhe

147


This young woman has short brown hair.
lEP RT'F HüB E ZZ 5ü T'B üF J
Eih jawan aurat de chote bhure vaal han.

This young man also has short brown hair.
lEP RT'F H'EPl E Tl ZZ 5ü T'B üF J
Eis jawan aadmi de vi chote bhure vaal han.


The young girl has long blond hair.
lEP ¤3l E BP PFüül T'B üF J
Eis kurdi de lame sunehri vaal han.
The old man has gray hair.
lEP FE E PBZl T'B üF J
Eis budeh de saleti vaal han.


4. Look at the pictures and write descriptions of the people. Use the appropriate grammar and
vocabulary.






148
5. Look at the pictures below and familiarize yourself with the new vocabulary. Listen to the
speaker and repeat as you follow along in the workbook.


Ear Nose Eye Mouth Glasses Beard
¤F F¤ Hu Pü ÊF¤ E'3l
Kan Nak Akh Muh Einak dari




Light Skin Medium Skin Dark Skin
Ðü' P'TB' ¤'B'
Gora Sawala* kala


6. From the list above, choose the characteristics and adjectives used to describe each feature. Check
your answers with the answer key.

Eyes Hair Skin Height Frame Facial Features



7. In each line of text below, cross out the term that does not logically belong. Check your work with the
answer key.


FlB' Neela üü' Hara uBB' Patla 5 ü' bhura
lF¤ '/Z Z' Nikka/chota ÊF¤ Einak BP' Lam*ba P'ü'üE sadharan
F¤ Nak E'3l Dari 5'ü' Bhara Hu' Akha*
P F üül Sunehri PE E safed ÇF'El uchchaee ¤'B' kala

149
8. Listen to the descriptions of different people’s appearances while reading the following
dialogues. Answer the questions. Check your work with the answer key.

1. -lPPl E T'B' E' ¤l üÐ ü ?
Simi de vaala* da ki rang hai?
- ÇP E T'B' E' üÐ 5ü' ü J
us de vaala* da rang bhura hai.
-¤l ÇP E T'B BP R' ZZ üF ?
Ki us de vaal lam*be ja* chote han?
- ZZ üF J
chote han.
-¤l ÇP E T'B ±±ü'B R' lPü üF ?
Ki us de vaal ghun*ghrale ja* sidhe han?
-lPü üF J
sidhe han.

2. -¤l üPF ÊF¤ BÐ'E üF ?
Ki Raman einak lagan*de han?
- Fül`, Çü ÊF¤ Fül BÐ'E J
Nahi, oh einak nahi lagan*de.
-üPF El Hu' E' ¤l üÐ ü ?
Raman di akhan* da ki rang hai?
- ÇP El Hu' FlBlH' üF J
us di akhan* neelia* han.

3. -¤l Ðü BP' ü ?
Ki Guru lam*ma hai?
-Çü P'ü'üE ü J
Oh sadharan* hai.
-¤l Çü 5'ü' ü ?
Ki oh bharaa hai?
·Fül`, uBB' ü J
-Nahi*, patla hai.

Questions:
1. How many people were described?
2. What were their names?
3. What kind of hair does Simi have?
4. Does Raman wear glasses?
5. Does Raman have brown eyes?
6. Is Guru short and heavy?
150
9. Familiarize yourself with the new vocabulary on clothing and colors. Listen and repeat after the
speaker.

Black kala
¤'B'
Gray saleti
PBZl
Green hara
üü'
Red laal
B'B
Blue neela
FlB'
Yellow peela
ulB'
White safed
PEE






B'B ¤Z PBZl PZ 5ül u`Z FlBl RlFR
Lal kot Saleti suit Bhuri pant Neeli jeans
Red Coat Gray Suit Tan Pants Blue Jeans

üül R¤Z 5ü' PTZü PBül ¤PlR FlBl Zl·PüZ
Hari jacket Bhura sweater Santri kameez Neeli t-shirt
Green Jacket Brown Sweater Orange Shirt Blue T-Shirt
151

üül P¤üZ R'PFl uP'¤ PEE ¤PlR HB uR'P' ulBl lF¤ü
Hari skirt Jamuni poshak Safed kameez atei
pajama
Peeli nikkar
Green Skirt Purple Dress White Sweat Suit Yellow Shorts


5ü RB FlB RB ¤'Bl Zul PBZl RFlE'üP
Bhure jutte Neele jutte Kali topi Saleti uniform
Brown Boots Blue Shoes Black Hat Gray Uniform

¤'Bl Rü'F PEE Rü'F
Kali juraab Safed juraab
Black Socks White Socks

The most common (Punjabi) Indian articles of clothing are:

P'3l
sari (women)
PBT'ü·¤PlR
salwar kameez (women)
¤üB' uR'P'
kurta pajama (men and women)
üBl
dhoti (men)
BÐl
loon*gi (men and women)
üüü' FBl
ghaghera choli (women)
HF¤F
achekan (men)
152
10. Match each description with the corresponding picture. Fill in the blank with the correct letter. Note
that there could be more than one match. Check your work with the answer key.


A B C D E

Example:

1. ……. FEl HüB ü J
………bhudhi aurat hai
2. ……. E PFüül T'B üF J
……….de sunheri vaal han.
3. ……. E BP 5ü T'B üF J
…………de lame bhure vaal han.
4. ……. F PBZl PZ u'ÊH' ü J
………..ne saleti suit payeea hai.
5. …….F FlBl u`Z u'El ü J
……… Ne neeli pant paee hai.

6. …….RT'F HüB ü J
……….jawan aurat hai
7. …….BP' HB uBB' ü
………..lamma atei patla hai.
8. …….F ulBl uP'¤ u'El ü J
………..ne pili poshak paee hai.
9. …….F FlBl Zl· PüZ u'El ü J
………..ne neeli t-shirt paee hai.
10…….. 5'ü' ü J
……….. bhara hai.

11. Translate the following descriptions into English. Check your work with the answer
key.

A.
FlZl BPl HB uBBl ü J Çü 30 P'B El ü J ÇP E PFüül ±±ü'B T'B üF, üül Hu' üF, HB Ð
ü' üÐ ü J
Niti lam*mi atei patli hai. Oh 30 saal di hai. Us de sunehri ghun*ghrale vaal han, hari akhan*
han atei gora rang hai.

B.
ü'R BP' HB 5'ü' ü J Çü 45 P'B E' ü J ÇP E ZZ PEE T'B üF, FlBl Hu' üF, HB Ðü' üÐ
ü J
Raju lam*ma atei bhara hai. Oh 45 saal da hai. Us de chote safed vaal han, neeli akhan* han, atei
gora rang hai.

153
C. ERl E ¤'B ZZ T'B üF J ÇP E' ¤E lF¤' HB uBB' ü J
Fauji de kale chote vaal han. Us da kad nikka atei patla hai.

D.
Çü FFl 10 P'B El ü J Çü BPl HB uBBl ü J ÇP E BP 5ü T'B üF, 5ül Hu' üF, HB ¤'B' ü
Ð ü J
Oh bachchi 10 saal di hai. Oh lam*mi atei patli hai. Us de lam*me bhure vaal han, bhuri akhan*
han.atei kala rang hai.



































154
End-of-Lesson Tasks


1. Describe the people you see in the pictures. For each person, include the approximate
age, skin tone, color and length of hair, and what he/she is wearing. Check the answer key
for some suggestions.


1 2 3


4 5 6

2. Come up with a simple description for each of the people listed below. (You may
substitute any individual you wish for those listed.) Be sure to include hair color and
length, approximate height and age, eye color, and skin tone.

Example:
Pül P' 63 P'B El ü J Çü BPl ü HB ÇF'El P'ü'üE ü J ÇF' E ZZ PBZl T'B üF HB ¤'Bl H
u' üF J ÇF' E' üÐ Ðü' ü J Çü ÊF¤ u'ÇEE üF J
A. P'
B. F'u
C. ¤üPF'ül
D. HPül¤' E ü'PZüuBl
E. ÐH'El
155
3. Work in pairs. Pretend that you and your partner are roommates. When you went to
the store, someone came to visit you. Now you are back. Ask your roommate questions
about that person’s appearance. Your partner will describe the visitor. In Punjabi, say
how he/she looks. (Is he/she tall or short? Heavy or thin? What kind of hair does he/she
have? What was he wearing? What colors were the clothes?)

Example:

Bü'F lPBE BEl ¤El RF'Fl H'El Pl J Çü BÐ5Ð 32 P'B El Pl HB ÇP F ÊF¤ u'El Pl J ÇP
E T'B ¤'B Pl HB ÇPE' üÐ Ðü' Pl J Çü uBBl Pl J ÇP F B'B üÐ El ¤PlR HB FlBl u`Z u'
El Pl J

Tuhanu Milan* layee koyee janani aayee si. Oh lagbhag 32 saal di si atei usne einak payee si.
Usde vaal kale si atei usda rang gora si. Oh patli si. Usne laal rang di kameez atei neeli pant
payee si.































156
Vocabulary List

Average Sadharan
P'ü'üE
Beard Dhari
E'3l
Black Kala
¤'B'
Blond Sunehri
PFüül
Blue Neela
FlB'
Blue jeans Neeli jeans
FlBl RlFR
Boots Juteh
RB
Brown Bhura
5ü'
Color Rang
üÐ
Curly Ghunghrale
±±ü'B
Dark Kala
¤'B'
Dress Poshak
uP'¤
Ears Kan
¤F
Eyes Akha*
Hu'
Face Muh

Frame Dhan*cha
E'F'
Glasses Einak
ÊF¤
Gray Seleti
PBZl
Green Hara
üü'
Hair Vaal
T'B
Hat Topi
Zul
Jacket Jacket
R¤Z
Large Vada
TB'
Light Halka
üB¤'
Man Aadmi
H'EPl
Medium Sanwala*
P'TB'
Mouth Muh

Nose Nak

Old Bhudha
FE'
Pants Pant
u`Z
Red Lal
B'B
Shirt Kameez
¤PlR
Shoes Juteh
RB
Short Nikkar
lF¤ü
Skin Chamri
FP3l
Skirt Skirt
P¤üZ
157
Small Chota/nikka
ZZ'/lF¤'
Straight Sidha
lPü'
Suit Suit
PZ
Sweater Sweater
PTZü
Sweats Pajama
uR'P'
Tall Lamma
BP'
Thin Patla
uBB'
To wear Pauna*
u'ÇF'
T-shirt t-shirt
Zl·PüZ
White Safed
PEE
Woman Aurat/janani
HüB/RF'Fl
Yellow Peela
ulB'
Young Jawan
RT'F






























158
Answer Key

6.
Eyes :
Hair : BP R' ZZ , PFüül , 5ü ,
Skin : Ðü' /P'TB' R' ¤'B'
Height: BP' R' lF¤' / ZZ'
Frame : 5'ü'/5'ül R' uBB'/uBBl
Facial Features: E'3l

7.
blue green thin brown
FlB' Neela üü' Hara uBB' Patla 5ü' bhura
short glasses tall average
lF¤'/ZZ' Nikka/chota ÊF¤ Einak BP' Lam*ba P'ü'üE sadharan
nose beard heavy eyes
F¤ Nak E'3l Dari 5'ü' Bhara Hu' Akha*
blond gray height dark
PFüül Sunehri PEE safed ÇF'El uchchaee ¤'B' kala

8. Compare your answers with the English translation.
1. - What color is Simi’s hair?
- Her hair is brown.
- Is Simi’s hair long or short?
- It’s short.
- Is Simi’s hair curly or straight?
- It’s straight.

2. - Does Raman wear glasses?
- No, he doesn’t wear glasses.
- What color are Ramaneyes?
- His eyes are blue.

3. - Is Guru tall?
- He is of average height.
- Is he heavy?
- No, he is thin.

10.
1. …D…. F El H üB ü J
2. …E. E PFüül T'B üF J
3. …B…. E BP 5ü T'B üF J
4. …A…. F PBZl PZ u'ÊH' ü J
159
5. …E…. F FlBl u`Z u'El ü J
6. …C…. RT'F HüB ü J
7. …C…. BPl HB uBBlü
8. …C…. F ulBl uP'¤ u'El ü J
9. …B…. F FlBl Zl· PüZ u'El ü J
10…A….. 5'ü' ü J














11.
A. Niti is tall and thin. She is 30 years old. She has blond curly hair, green eyes, and fair skin.
B. Raju is tall and heavy. He is 45 years old. He has short gray hair, blue eyes, and light skin.
C. The soldier has dark short hair. He is short and thin.
D. A young girl is 10 years old. She is tall and thin. She has long brown hair, brown eyes, and dark skin.

End of Lesson Tasks

1.

1.
1lEü HüB 25 P'B El ü J ÇP E ¤'B T'B üF HB ÇP F B'B ¤PlR u'El ü
This woman is 25 years old. She has black hair and she is wearing a red shirt.
2. lEü HüB 49 P'B El ü J ÇP F ÊF¤ u'El ü HB ÇP E ZZ PF üül T'B üF J
This woman is 49 years old. She is wearing glasses and she has short blond hair.
3.lEP H'EPl F FlB' PZ u'ÊH' ü J ÇP E ZZ T'B üF HB ÇP E' üÐ Ðü' ü J
This man is wearing a blue suit. He has short hair and he is fair.
4. lEü RT'F H'EPl 28 P'B E' ü J ÇP E T'B' E' üÐ ¤'B' ü HB Hu' 5 ü üÐ ElH' üF J
This young man is 28 years old. He has black hair and his eyes are brown.
5. lEP H'EPl F ¤'B üÐ E' PZ HB B'B ¤PlR u'El ü J Çü P'TB üÐ E' ü J
This man is wearing a black suit and a red shirt. He has medium skin color.
6. lEP H'EPl F Zl·PüZ u'El ü HB Çü Ðü' ü J
This man is wearing a T-shirt and he is fair.
1. D is an old woman.
2. E has blond hair.
3. B has long brown hair.
4. A is wearing a gray suit
5. E is wearing blue pants.
6. C is a young mother.
7. C is tall and thin.
8. C is wearing a yellow dress.
9. B is wearing a blue t-shirt.
10. A is heavy.
160
Lesson 13 VALIDATION COPY 1.0 JUNE 2007
Transportation
ulüTlüE
Parivahan*


This lesson will introduce you to:
- The verbs of motion
- The ways of asking questions regarding the different modes of transportation
- The different types of transportation available in Punjab State.










161
►Trains are the most common and the cheapest means of transportation in India. Air travel is expensive and
mostly used by the rich. For in-state travel, the bus is more convenient.


1. Listen and repeat the following words as you read along.




Airplane Bicycle Ship Bus
üT'El Rü'R P'El¤B PPEül Rü'R FP
hawaee jahaz cycle samun*dri jahaz bus



Car Ferry boat Helicopter
¤'ü Eül F'T üBl¤'uZü
Car ferry nav helicopter



Motorcycle Taxi Train Truck
PZü P'El¤B Z¤Pl ZF Zü¤
motorcycle taxi train truck

In Punjabi, the verb always comes at the end of the sentence. Example: I by bus go. The gender changes: ‘aa’
for masculine words and ‘ee’ for feminine.
Example: I walk-P` uEB R'E' ü' (M) main* pedal jan*da ha*.
-P` uEB R'El ü' (F) main* pedal jan*di ha*.
I drive-P` ¤'ü FB'E' ü' (M) main* car chalan*da ha*.
-P` ¤'ü FB'El ü' (F) main* car chalan*di ha*.
162
2. Listen to the questions and answers about using different forms of transportation. Repeat after
the speaker as you read along.

How do you go to work?
BPl ¤P B l¤T` R'E ü ?
Tusi kam te kive* jan*de ho?

Model: who + the verb of motion + mode of transportation + destination
Example: I ride a bus to school.


Model: ¤E · l¤E' · l¤P B · ü'
Kaun-kida*-kiste-tha*
Example: P` R'E'/El ü' FP B P¤B J
Main* jan*da/di ha* bus te school.


by car ¤'ü B
car te
car ¤'ü
car
by bus FP B
bus te
bus FP
bus
by train ZF B
train te
train ZF
train
by bicycle P'El¤B B
cycle te
bicycle P'El¤B
cycle
by boat F'T B
naav te
boat F'T
naav
by motorcycle
PZüP'El¤B B
motorcycle te
motorcycle
PZüP'El¤B
motorcycle
I go
P` R'E'/El ü'
Main* jan*da /di
ha*.
by truck Zü¤ B
truck te
I take the
P` B`E'/El ü'
Main* lan*da/di
ha*.
truck Zü¤
truck
I walk
P` uEB FBE'/El ü'
Main* pedal chalda/di
ha*.











163
3. Read each statement below and match it with the correct picture. Check your work with the
answer key.



1 2 3


4 5 6



A. üü PTü P` P¤B FP B R'E'/El ü' J
Har sawere main* school bus te jan*da/di ha*.

B. ERl ER El Ð3l B R'E üF J
Fauji fauj di gaddi te jan*de han.

C. RE Tüu' üEl ü , HPl Z¤Pl BE` ü' J
Jado* varkha hun*di hai, asi taxi lan*de ha*.

D. P` ¤P ¤'ü B R'E' /El ü' J
Main* kam car te jan*da/di ha*.

E. Pü'/ül EPB ¤P B P'El¤B B R'E'/El ü
Mera/ri dost kam te cycle te jan*da/di hai.

F. Pü' 5ü' PZüP'El¤B FB'E' ü J
Mera bhra motorcycle chalan*da hai.

164
4. Make complete sentences out of the words below. Use the following model. When you have finished,
check your work with the answer key.

Model: ¤E · l¤E' · l¤P B · ü'
Example: P` R'E'/El ü' FP B P¤B J

I Motorcycle My brother To ride To School Our parents Car airport
P` PZüP'El¤B Pü' 5ü' R'E' B P¤B P'B P'·F'u ¤'ü üT'ElHB'
Main* Motorcycle Mera bhra Jan*da Te School Sade ma*-baap Car hawaeadda

train concert Library My friend To drive Taxi Bus To walk
ZF uPB¤'lBH' Pü'/ül EPB P`ÐlB uÐ'P FB'E' Z¤Pl FP uEB FBE'
Train Pustakalay Mera/ri dost Sangeet
program
Chalana* Taxi Bus Pedal chalna*


-I want to go to the airport. How should I go?
-P` üT'ElHB' R'E' F'üE' /El ü' J P` l¤T` R'T' ?
·Main hawaeeadda jana* man*gda han*. Main kive* java*?

-Take the train.
· ZF B¤ J
·train leike.

-Thank you.
-üFT'E J
- dhanvad

-Excuse me, I want to go to the post office. How should I go?
-PlFF Rl, P` B'¤u'F R'E' ü J P` l¤T` R'T' ?
Sunio ji, main* dakhane jana* hai. Main* kive* jawa*?

-Take bus number 14.
- FP FFü 14 B¤J
Bus number 14 leike.

-Thank you.
-üFT'EJ
·dhanvad.




165
5. Now read the following exchanges. Listen to them and repeat after the speaker.

Note: ‘You are welcome’ is not used in the Punjabi language. This term is only applied when someone is
welcomed into the house.


- Excuse me; I want to go to the library. How do I get there?
- PlFF, P` uPB¤'lBH' R'E' ü J P` l¤T` R'T' ?- Sunio ji, main* pustakalay jana* hai. Main* kive* jawa*?

- Take bus number 14.
- FP FFü 14 B¤ J- bus number 14 leike

- Thanks.
- üFT'E J- Dhanvad

- How do I get to the hospital?
- P` üPuB'B l¤T` R'T' ?- Main* hospital kive* java*

- Take a taxi.
- Z¤Pl B¤ J- Taxi leike.

- Thank you very much.
- üFT'E J- Dhanvad

- Please tell me how to get to the hotel from the airport.
-l¤u' ¤ü¤ PF EP l¤ üZB B üT'ElHB' l¤T` R'ElÊ ? - Kirpa karke main*nu daso ki hotel to* hawaeeadda
kive* jaeeye?

- On the train.
- ZF B¤ R'Ç J- Train leike jaoo.

- What number?
- l¤F' FFü ? - Kin*ha number.

- Train number 22.
- ZF FFü 22. - train number 22.

- Thank you.
- üFT'E J - Dhanvad




166
6. Working with a partner, make up similar exchanges. Use the words from Exercise 5 and the pictures
below to choose the destination. When you have finished, check your work with the answer key.







7. Now listen to the dialogues and mark the statement that you hear. Check your answers with the
answer key.

1. A. Do you take a taxi to the concert? No, I take my car.
B. Do you take a bus to the concert? No, I take my car.
C. Do you take a train to the concert? No, I take my car.

2. A What bus should I take to the post office? Bus number 18.
B. What street should I take to the post office? 18
th
Street.
C. What exit should I take to the post office? Exit 18.

3. A. My parents drive their cars to work, but we ride our bicycles.
B. My parents drive their cars to work, but we walk.
C. My parents drive their cars to work, but we take the train.













167
At a service station



8. Familiarize yourself with the following vocabulary. Listen to the speaker and follow along in
your book.

Gas Petrol
uZB
Gas station Petrol pump
uZB uu
Service station Service station
PülTP PZPF
Diesel Diesel
BlRB
Car wash Car dhon* di tha*
¤'ü üE El ü'
Oil Tel
BB
Tire/tires Tire/tires
Z'lEü/Z'lEü'
Air Hawa
üT'
Water Pani*
u'El
Flat tire Fatta tire
EZ' Z'lEü
►In Punjab (India), liters are used as the unit of measuring liquid volume.
1 gallon = 3.785 liters 1 gallon = 3.785 liters
1 quart = .946 liters 1 quart = .946 liters
1 liter = 2.1 pints 1 liter = 2.1 pints
10 liters = 2.63 gallons 10 liters = 2.63 gallons

168
9. Listen to the people at a service station. Circle what each one needs. Check your answers with
the answer key.

A. Air Gas Diesel Tires Oil Car Wash

B. Air Gas Diesel Tires Oil Car Wash

C. Air Gas Diesel Tires Oil Car Wash

D. Air Gas Diesel Tires Oil Car Wash


10. Familiarize yourself with these terms identifying infrastructure.

Road Sarak
P3¤
Highway Highway
ü'ElT
Freeway Rasta
üPB'
Local road Sarak
P3¤
Railroad patri
uZül






















169
End-of-Lesson Tasks


1. Tell how you would get to the following places using various modes of transportation. Try to make
your story interesting and include as many details as you can.










2. Listen and write down the responses to the questions below. Check your work with the answer
key.

A. -Pü ¤B uZB Fül` ü J uZB uu l¤ü ü ? Mere kol petrol nahi* hai. Petrol pump kithe hai?
-

B. -Pü' Z'lEü EZ lÐH' ü J ¤l Bü'B ¤B üT' ü ? Mera tire phat giya hai. Ki tuhade kol hawa hai?
-

C. -uZB l¤F BlZü/ÐBF E' ü ? Petrol kinhe litre/gallon da hai?
-

D. –Bü'F l¤F' uZB u'E' ü ? Tuhanu kinha* petrol pana* hai?
170
Vocabulary List


Air Hawa
üT'
Airplane Hawae jahaz
üT'El Rü'R
Bicycle Cycle
P'El¤B
Boat Naav
F'T
Bus Bus
FP
Car Car
¤'ü
Car wash Car dhon* di tha*
¤'ü üE El ü'
Concert Program
uÐ'P
Diesel Deisal
BlRB
Ferry boat Ferry naav
Eül F'T
Freeway Rasta
üPB'
Gallon Gallon
ÐBF
Gas Petrol
uZB
Helicopter Helicopter
üBl¤'uZü
Highway Highway
ü'ElT
Library Pustakalay
uPB¤'BlH'
Liter Liter
BlZü
Local road Sarak
P3¤
Motorcycle Motorcycle
PZüP'El¤B
Oil Tel
BB
Railroad Patri
uZül
Service station Service station
PülTP PZPF
School School
P¤B
Ship Jahaz
Rü'R
Taxi Taxi
Z¤Pl
Tire/tires Tire/tires
Z'lEü/Z'lEü'
Train Train
ZF
Truck Truck
Zü¤
Water Pani*
u'El
Work Kam
¤P
How do you go to work? Tusi kam te kive* jan*de ho?
BPl ¤P B l¤T` R'E ü ?
I drive my car. Main* car te jan*da/di ha*.
P` ¤'ü B R'E'/El ü' J
I take a bus to go to school. Main* school bus leike
jan*da/di ha*.
P` P¤B FP B¤ R'E'/El ü' J
How do I get to the hospital? Main* hospital kive* java*
P` üPuB'B l¤T` R'T' ?

171
Answer Key

3.
A. 6 I take the bus to school every morning.
B. 4 6Soldiers ride in an army truck.
C. 5 When it’s raining, we take a taxi.
D. 2 I drive my car to go to work.
E. 3 My friend rides his bike to work.
F. 1 My brother rides a motorcycle

4.
P` PZüP'El¤B FB'ÇE' ü' J
I ride a motorcycle.
Pü' 5ü' P¤B FP B R'E' ü J
My brother goes to school in the bus.
Pül EPB ¤P ZF B R'El ü J
My friend goes to work in the train.
P'B P'·F'u Z¤Pl B ÐÊ Pl J
Our parents went by taxi.

6.
1
st
picture:
l¤u' ¤ü¤ EP l¤ P` uÐ'P TuE l¤T` R'T' ?
Please tell me how I can get to the concert?
Z¤Pl B J
By taxi.
üFT'E J
Thank you.
3
rd
picture:
l¤u' ¤ü¤ P`F EP l¤ üT'ElHB' l¤T` R'T' ?
Please tell me how to get to the airport?
ZF B¤ J
Take a train.
üFT'E J
Thank you.
2
nd
picture:
HPl F'R'ü l¤T` R'ElÊ ?
How can we go to the market?
FP FFü 23 B¤ J
Take bus number 23.
üFT'E J
Thank you.

172
7.
1. A. Do you take a taxi to the concert? No, I take my car.
A. ¤l BPl uÐ'P TuE BEl Z¤Pl B R'E ü ? Fül, P` H'uEl ¤'ü B R'E'/El ü' J
Ki tusi program vekhan* laee taxi te jan*de ho? Nahi*, main* aapni car te jan*da/di ha*.

2. B. What street should I take to the post office? 18
th
Street.
B. P ` ¤ ü3l P3¤ BT' B'¤u'F' R'Ç`E BEl ? P3 ¤ FF ü 18 J
Main* kehri sarak number lava* daakhana jan*de laee? sarak number 18.


3. C. My parents drive their cars to work, but we take the train.
C. P'B P'·F'u ¤P BEl ¤'ü B R'E üF, uü HPl` ZF B R'E ü' J
Sade ma*-baap kam laee car te jan*de han, par asi* train te jan*de ha*.

9.
A. Air Tires
B. Gas Oil
C. Gas Car Wash
D. Diesel Oil

A. -PF üT' F'lüEl ü Z'lEü' lTF J
B. - PF 10 ÐBF uZB HB 1 BlZü BB F'lüE' ü J
C. - PF ¤'ü üBT'El ü J
D. - PF ¤'ü E BEl BlRB F'lüE' ü J

A. I need some air for my tires.
B. I need 10 gallons of gas and 1 quart of oil.
C. I need a car wash and gas.
D. I need diesel for my car and oil.


End of Lesson Tasks
2.
A. - I have no gas. Where is the gas station?
- Two miles this way.

B. - I have a flat tire. Do you have air?
-Yes, we do.

C. - How much is the gas per liter/gallon?
- $2.35 a gallon.

D. – How much gas do you want?
- 5 liters/gallons please

173
Lesson 14 VALIDATION COPY 1.0 JUNE 2007
Travel
PEü
Safar


This lesson will introduce you to:
- Vocabulary related to travel
- How to buy a train, bus, or airplane ticket
- How to understand schedules
- Border crossing and roadblock procedures.







XIn Punjab (Indian) bus and train stations, and at the airports, the schedules are written in English and Hindi, as
well as the regional language. So, getting from one place to another is never a problem for the foreign visitor.










174
1. Listen to the following dialogue about buying a ticket at a train station, and read along in the
workbook.

Soldier: Excuse me, ma’am.
ERl: PlFF PlPBl Rl J
Fauji: sunio srimati ji.
Ticket Seller: Can I help you?
lZ¤Z TFE T'Bl: P` Bü'Bl PEE ¤ü P¤El ü' ?
Ticket seller: main* tuhadi madad kar sakdi ha*?
Soldier: I need to buy a ticket to Jalandhar.
ERl: PF lZ¤Z RBüü BEl uülEEl ü J
Fauji: main*u ticket jalandhar laee khreedni hai.
Ticket Seller: Departing on what day?
lZ¤Z TFE T'Bl: l¤P lEF R'E' ü ?
Kis din jana* hai?
Soldier: Today.
ERl: HR J
Aaj.
Ticket Seller: One way or round trip?
lZ¤Z TFE T'Bl: lE¤ BüE El R' HE· R'E El ?
Eik taraf di ja* aan* ja*n di?
Soldier: Roundtrip.
ERl: HQE R'QE El J
aaun* jau*n di
Ticket Seller: First class or second class?
lZ¤Z TFE T'Bl: uüBl ¤B'P El R' ERl ¤B'P El ?
Pahali class di ja* duji class di?
Soldier: Second class, please
ERl: ERl ¤B'P El, l¤u' ¤ü¤ J
Duji class di, kirpa karke.
Ticket Seller: Returning on what day?
lZ¤Z TFE T'Bl: T'uPl l¤P lEF El ?
Vapasi kis din di?
Soldier: Friday.
ERl: P¤üT'ü J
shukarvar
Ticket Seller: Morning, afternoon, or evening?
lZ¤Z TFE T'Bl: PTü, Eulüü R' P'P El ?
Sawere, dupahire ja* shaam di?
Soldier: Afternoon.
ERl: Eulüü El J
Dupahir di.
175
Ticket Seller: Rupees 22 please. The next train leaves in one hour from platform number 5.
lZ¤Z TFE T'B: Rs.22 (F'El ) l¤u' ¤ü¤ J HÐBl ZF lE¤ ±Z lTF R'ÊÐl uBZE'üP 5 B J
Rs 22(baee) kirpa karke. Agli train eik ghante vich jayegi platform 5 to*.
Soldier: Thank you. What is the train number?
ERl: üFT'E, ZF FFü ¤l ü ?
Dhanvad, train number ki hai?
Ticket Seller: 76.
lZ¤Z TFE T'Bl: 76 (lZüBü )
chihatar
Soldier: Is this an express train?
ERl: ¤l lEü ʤPuP ZF ü ?
Ki eih express train hai?
Ticket Seller: Yes, it is an express train.
lZ¤Z TFE T'Bl: ü', lEü ʤPuP ZF ü J
Ha*, eih express train hai.


2. Read the dialogue with a partner. Take turns being the Ticket Seller and the Soldier.


3. Role-play the dialogue. You can substitute the name of a city where you need to buy a ticket to, the
time and day of arriving and departing, and the price of the ticket.


4. Listen to the following statements and read along in the workbook.

Attention, passengers! The next express train to Delhi will depart from platform 10 in 15 minutes.
P'Tü'F, R'BlH J HÐBl ʤPuP ZF lEBl E BEl uRÐl uBZE'üP 10 B 15 lPZ' lTF J
Savadhan yario*. Agali express train Delhi de laee pujegi platform 10 te 15 minta* vich.

Attention, passengers! The next local train will arrive at platform 10 in 5 minutes.
P'Tü'F, R'BlH J HÐBl B¤B ZF uRÐl uBZE'üP 10 B 5 lPZ' lTF J
Savadhan yario*. Agali local train pujegi platform 10 te 5 minta* vich.

Attention, passengers! Flight number 92 from Sydney will be one hour late. Please check the schedule for
updates.
P'Tü'F R'BlH J ÇB'F FFü 92 lPBFl B lE¤ ±Z' luZ ü J l¤u' ¤ü¤ PFl Tu Pül PP BEl J
Savadhan yario*. Urdan number 92 Sydney to* eik ghanta pichche hai. Kirpa karke suchi vekho sahi samay
laee.

Attention, passengers! The bus from Chandigarh will arrive at terminal 3 in 10 minutes.
P'Tü'F R'BlH JFBlÐ3 B H'ÇE T'Bl FP uRÐl ZülPFB 3 B 10 lPZ ' lTF J
Savadhan yario*. Chandigarh to* aaun* vali bus pujegi terminal 3 te 10 minta* vich.
176
5. Match each picture with the correct Punjabi term by writing the term below the correct picture.






Passengers Yaatri
R'Bl
Luggage/baggage Saaman
P'P'F/P'P'F
Platform Platform
uBZE'üP
Schedule Suchi
PFl
Ticket Ticket
lZ¤Z
Check-in counter Counter
¤'ÇZü
Waiting area Vishram tha*
lTPü'P ü'
Gate gate
ÐZ


6. Listen to the following statements and read along in the workbook.

You must have a ticket to board the train.
Bü'B ¤B ZF B F3F BEl lZ¤Z üEl F'lüEl ü J
Tuhade kol train te charhan laee ticket honee* chahidi hai.
You must have a ticket to board the airplane.
üT'ElRü'R B F3F BEl Bü'B ¤B lZ¤Z üEl F'lüEl ü J
Hawaee jahaz te charhan laee tuhade kol ticket honee* chahidi hai.
Passengers for flight number 25 must go to gate 14.
25 FFü ÇB'F E R'Bl R'Ç ÐZ 14 B J
25 number urdan de yatri jaoo gate 14 te.
You must pay for your ticket.
lZ¤Z BEl Bü'F uP EF üF J
Ticket laee tuhanu* paise dene* han.
177
Passengers have to wait in the waiting area.
R'Bl F lEFBR'ü ¤üF' ü lTPü'P ü' B J
Yatri nu* intazar karma hai vishram tha* te.
You have to wait for your luggage at the baggage claim area.
Bü'F lEFBR'ü ¤üF' ü H'uF P'P'F E BEl P'P'F ü' B J
Tuhanu* intazar karma hai aapne* samaan de laee samaan tha* te.


7. Fill in the blanks with the correct term from the list below. Check your answers with the answer key.

Attention savdhan
P'Tü'F
Baggage claim area Samaan tha*
P'P'F ü'
Express express
ʤPuP
First class Pahali class
uüBl ¤B'P
Platform platform
uBZE'üP
Schedule suchi
PFl
Second class Duji class
ERl ¤B'P
Ticket window Ticket khirki
lZ¤Z lu3¤l
Gate gate
ÐZ


A. R'Ç __________ B lZ¤Z uülEE BEl J
jaaoo__________ te ticket khareedan laee.

B. Bü'F Bü'B' P'P'F lPBÐ'__________________B J
Tuhanu tuhada saaman miluga____________ te .

C. ______________J P'ü R'Bl ¤B lZ¤Z üEl F'lüEl FP B F3F BEl J
_______________! Sare yaatri kol ticket honi* chahidi bus te charhn laee.

D. Tu __________ H'uEl ÇB'F PP` BEl J
Vekho_________ aapni* uraan same laee.

E. lEü_________ ZF BR ü l¤Ç`¤l lEü ü'·ü' ü¤El Fül` J
Eh_________ train tez hai kiun*ki eh tha*-tha* rukdi nahi.

F. üü ZF HBÐ HBÐ________________ H'Ç`El ü J
Her train alag alag _________________ aaun*di hai.

G. P'Tü'F R'Bl J ÇB'F 725 R'ÊÐl __________ A17 B J
Savdhan yaatri . uraahn 725 jaaeigi_____________ A17 to*.

178
8. For each question below, there is a corresponding answer. Match them by writing the letter of each
question on the blank line in front of the appropriate answer. Check your answers with the answer key.

A. P` B¤B ZF El lZ¤Z l¤ü uülE P¤E' ü' ?
Main* local train di ticket kithe khareed sakda han* ?

B. HÐBl FP lPPB' , lüP'FB uEP BEl ¤E ü ?
Aglee bus Shimla, Himachal Pradesh laee kado* hai ?

C. lEBl E BEl uüBl ¤B'P El lZ¤Z l¤F El ü ?
Delhi de laee pahli class di ticket kinhei di hai?

D.l¤ Bü'F lu3¤l El PlZ F'lüEl ü ?
Ki tuhanu khirki di seat chahidi hai?

E. lPPB', lüP'FB uEP B l¤P uBZE'üP B ʤPuP ZF H'ÇÐl ?
Shimla, Himachal Pradesh to* kis platform te express train aaugee?


1. ____ l¤u' ü' J
kirpa ha*

2. ____ HÐBl FP lPPB', lüP'FB uEP BEl R'ÊÐl 20 lPZ' B J
agalee bus Shimla, Himachal Pradesh laee jaeigi 20 minta* te .

3. ____ lZ¤Z lu3¤l B R uBZE'üP lE¤ E F'B ü J
ticket khirki te jo platform eik de naal hai.

4. ____ Çü ZF H'ÇÐl uBZE'üP 16 B 10 lPZ' lTF J
oh train aaugee platform 16 te 10 minta* vich.

5. ____ 64 ( FB ) Rupees.
64 (chaundh) Rupees.


9. Role-play the short dialogues from Exercise 8. Change the cities and numbers.







179
10. What do you hear? Listen to the speaker and determine which statement is spoken. Check
your work with the answer key.

1. A You must have a ticket to board the bus.
B You must have a ticket to board the ferry.

2. A I need a first-class roundtrip ticket to City.
B I need a first-class one-way ticket to City.

3. A. The next express train will depart from platform 15 in 10 minutes.
B The next local train will depart from platform 15 in 10 minutes.



At border crossings and roadblocks




11. Listen to these new words and phrases.

Border Seema
PlP'
Customs Seema-kar
PlP'·¤ü
Checkpoint Checkpoint
F¤u'lEZ
Roadblock Sarak-rok
P3¤ ü¤
Passport Passport
u'PuüZ
Driver’s license Drivers’ license
Bü'ElT B'ElPP
Documents Kagzat
¤'ÐR'B
Papers Kagzat
¤'ÐR'B
ID card ID card
H'El Bl ¤'üB
Show me Dikhao
lEu'Ç
Give me Deoo
E Ç
Search Labho
B5
180
Inspect/inspection Jan*ch/partal
R'F/u3B'B
Trunk (of a car) Car di dikki
¤'ü El lB¤l
Proceed Jaoo
R'Ç
Rental (car) Kiraye di gaddi
l¤ü'Ê El ¤'ü
Citizen Nagrik
F'Ðlü¤


12. At roadblocks and border crossings, officials usually ask questions about driver identification and
vehicle documents. Try to match up the Punjab border crossing requests and questions with their
English equivalents. Check your work with the answer key.

- PF H'uE ¤'ü E ¤'ÐR lEu'Ç J
- Give me your driver’s license.
Main*u aapne* car de kagaz dikhao.
- PF H'uE' u'PuüZ EÇ J
- Do you have an ID card?
Main*u aapna* passport deoo.
- BPl` l¤ü ü ?
- Why do you need to go there?
Tusi kitho* ho ?
-BPl l¤Ç` R' üü ü ?
- Show me your car papers.
Tusi kayu* ja rahe ho ?
- PF H'uE' Bü'ElTü B'ElPP EÇ J
- Give me your passport.
Main*u aapna* driver lisence deoo.
- ¤l Bü'B ¤B H'El Bl ¤'üB ü ?
- Where are you from?
Ki tuhade kol ID card hai?


13. Listen to and read the following dialogue at a border crossing, and then answer the questions
below. Try to guess the meaning of unknown words from the context. Check your work with the answer
key.

Customs Official: PF H'uE' u'PuüZ HB Bü'ElTü B'ElPP EÇ J
main*u aapna* passport atei driver lisence deoo.
Car Driver: Bl¤ ü J
Teekh hai.
CO: ¤l BPl HPül¤' E F'Ðlü¤ ü ?
Ki tusi America de nagrik ho ?
CD: ü' J
Han*.
CO: ¤l Bü'B ¤B lEP ¤'ü E ¤'ÐR'B üF ?
Ki tuhade kol eis car de kagazat han.?
CD: ü', lEü l¤ü'Ê El ¤'ü ü J
han*, eih kiraei di car hai.
181
CO: BPl l¤ü R' üÊ ü ?
Tusi kithe ja raei ho ?
CD: ¤üF'B, ülüH'E' J
Karnal, harayana
CO: Çü l¤Fl Eü BEl üTÐ ?
Uthe kin*hei der laee hovogei.
CD: EP lEF J
das din.
CO: Çü BPl ¤l ¤üÐ ?
Uthe tusi ki karogei.
CD: P` ulüT'ü F lPBÐ' J
Main* parivar nu* milu*ga.
CO: l¤u' ¤'ü El lB¤l uBJ HPl R'F ¤üFl ü J
kirpa car di dikki kholo . asi jan*ch karni hai.
CD: Bl¤ ü J
teekh hai.
CO: Bl¤, üFT'E J BPl R' P¤E ü J
teekh, dhanvad. Tusi ja sakde ho.


Did you understand the words “trunk” and “inspection”?

A. Where is the driver from?
B. Does the driver own the vehicle he is driving?
C. Where is the driver going?
D. Why is he going there?
E. How long will he be there?
F. What does the guard ask the driver to do at the end?
G. Why?


14. Work with a partner. Take turns role-playing the Customs Official and the Car Driver.









182
End-of-Lesson Tasks

1. Translate the following sentences into English. Check your work with the answer key.

A l¤u' , PF lEBl BEl HQE R'QE El lZ¤Z uülEEl ü
Kirpa main*u Delhi laee aaun* jaun* di ticket khareedni hai.
PF R'E' ü 12 FTFü F HB T'uP H'E' ü 3 EPFü F J
Main*u jana* hai 12 november nu* atei vapis aana* hai 3 december nu*.
PF lu3¤l El PlZ F'lüEl ü J
Main*u khirki di seat chahidi hai.
B. ¤l lEü ʤPuP ZF ü ?
Ki eih express train hai?
C. l¤P uBZE'üP B uB'F¤Z El FP R'ÇÐl ?
Kis platform to* Pathankot di bus jaugi.
D. ZF 34 R' üEl ü uBZE'üP BlF B uR lPZ' lTF J
Train 34 (chaunti) ja raee hai platform teen to* panj minta* vich.

2. Complete the dialogues. Check your work with the answer key.

A. - ¤l lZ¤Z lu3¤l ÇP u'P ü ? Ki ticket khirki us paase hai?
- ………………………………….

B. - ¤l lEü P'P'F BE El ü' ü ? Ki eih samaan len* di tha* hai?
- ………………………………….

C. - ¤l Bü'F uB' ü l¤ lEBR'ü ¤üF El ü' l¤ü ü ? ki tuhanu pata hai ki intazar karan di tha kithe hai.
- ………………………………….

D. -ÐZ FFü 15 l¤ü ü ? Gate number 15(pandhara*) kithe hai.
- ………………………………….

3. Work with a partner or in a small group. Look at the pictures and come up with the story. Do you
think these people are arriving or departing? Do you think they are on time? Is their flight late?
Mention their names, ages, professions, what they are wearing, and where and why they need to fly or
where they are arriving from. Also, tell how they got to the airport (by car, by bus, by train).


183
Vocabulary List

Arriving/Arrivals Aagman
H'ÐPF
Attention Savadhan
P'Tü'F
Baggage Samaan
P'P'F
Border Seema
PlP'
Bus station Bus station
FP PZPF
Checked Jan*ch kita
R'F ¤lB'
Checkpoint Checkpoint
F¤u'ElZ
Citizen Nagrik
F'Ðlü¤
Customs Seema-kar
PlP'·¤ü
Delay/ed Der

Departing/Departures Prasthan
uPü'F
Documents Kagzat
¤'ÐR'B
Driver’s license Drivers’ license
Bü'ElTü B'ElPP
Express Express
ʤPuP
First class Pahali class
uüBl ¤B'P
Flight Urhan
ÇB'F
Fly Urna*
ÇBE'
Give me … Deio
E Ç
ID card ID card
H'El Bl ¤'üB
Inspect Jan*ch
R'F
Inspection Jan*ch
R'F
Inspector Janch afsar
R'F HEPü
Late Der naal
Eü F'B
One-way Eik paase di
lE¤ u'P El
On time Samay sir
PP lPü
Papers Kagaz
¤'ÐR
Passenger Yatri
R'Bl
Passport Passport
u'PuüZ
Platform Platform
uBZE'üP
Proceed Jaoo
R'Ç
Rental car Kiraye di gaddi
l¤ü'Ê El ¤'ü
Roadblock Sarak rok
P3¤ ü¤
Round trip Aan* jan* di ticket
H'E R'E El lZ¤Z
Schedule Suchi
PFl
Second class Duji class
ERl ¤B'P
Show me …. Vikhao
lTu'Ç
184
Terminal Terminal
ZülPFB
Ticket Ticket
lZ¤Z
Ticket window Ticket khirki
lZ¤Z lu3¤l
To board Charhna
F3E'
To leave Jana*
R'E'
To return/come back Vapis ana*
T'luP H'E'
Train station Train station
ZF PZPF
Trunk (of a car) Dikki(car di)
lB¤l (¤'ü El )
Waiting area Intazar karan di tha*
lEBR'ü ¤üF El ü'
Window seat Khirki naal seat
lu3¤l F'B PlZ


































185
Answer Key

7.
Go to the ticket window to buy the tickets.
You can get your baggage at the baggage claim area.
Attention! All passengers must have a ticket to board the bus.
Check the schedule to find out when your flight departs.
The express train is faster because it does not make local stops.
Each train arrives at a different platform.
Attention, passengers! Flight #725 is departing from gate A17.

8.
A. Where can I buy a local train ticket?
B. When is the next bus to Ludhiana, Punjab?
C. How much is a first class ticket to Delhi.
D. Do you want a window seat?
E. From which platform is the express train from Shimla, Himachal pradesh arriving?

1. _D___ Yes, please
2. _B___ The next bus to Shimla himachal pradesh departs in 20 minutes.
3. _A___ At the ticket window next to platform one.
4. _E___ That train will arrive at platform 16 in ten minutes.
5. _C___ It is 64 dollars.

10.
1. A. You must have a ticket to board the ferry.
Bü'B ¤B lZ¤Z Rüü üEl F'lüEl Eül B R'F BEl J
Tuhade kol ticket jaroor honi* chahidi ferry te ja*n laee

2. B. I need a first-class roundtrip ticket to Frankfurt.
Eü`¤EZ R'F E BEl PF uüBl ¤B'P El HE· R'E El lZ¤Z F'lüEl ü J
Frankfurt ja*n de laee main*u pahli class di aan*-jan* di ticket chahidi hai.

3. B. The next express train will depart from platform 15 in 10 minutes.
HÐBl ʤPuP ZF R'ÇÐl uBZE'üP 15 B 10 lPZ' lTF J
aglee express train jaugee platform 15 to* 10 minta* vich.

12.
1. D
2. E
3. F
4. C
5. A
6. B


186
13.
Customs Official: Give me your passport and driver’s license.
Car Driver: OK.
CO: Are you a U.S. citizen?
CD: Yes.
CO: Do you have papers for this car?
CD: Yes. It is a rental car.
CO: Where are you going?
CD: Karnal, Harayana.
CO: How long will you be there?
CD: Ten days.
CO: What will you do there?
CD: I will visit my family.
CO: Please open the trunk. We need to do an inspection.
CD: OK.
CO: OK, thank you. You may proceed.
A. Where is the driver from? U.S.
B. Does the driver own the vehicle he is driving? No, it is a rental car.
C. Where is the driver going? Karnal, Harayana
D. Why is he going there? To visit family
E. How long will he be there? Ten days
F. What does the guard ask the driver to do at the end? Open the trunk
G. Why? To do an inspection

End of Lesson Tasks
1.
A. I need to buy a roundtrip ticket to Delhi, please.
I leave on November 12 and return on December 3.
I want a window seat.
B. Is this an express train?
C. What platform does the bus to Pathankot leave from?
D. Train 34 is departing from platform three in five minutes.

2.
A. - ¤l lZ¤Z lu3¤l ÇP u'P ü ?
-Fül. uBZE'üP lE¤ E F'B ü J

B. - ¤l lEü P'P'F BE El ü' ü ?
- ü' J

C. - ¤l Bü'F uB' ü l¤ lEBR'ü ¤üF El ü' l¤ü ü ?
- uBZE'üP E E F'B ü J

D. -ÐZ FFü 15 l¤ü ü ?
- lEBR'ü ¤üF El ü' E F'E ü J
187
Lesson 15 VALIDATION COPY 1.0 JUNE 2007
At School
P¤ B lTF
School Vich


This lesson will introduce you to:
- the vocabulary related to classroom activities
- the vocabulary related to being a student
- the education system in Punjab State, India.




Students gather outside an elementary
school in northern India before classes
begin.
In addition to school buses, a common
mode of transportation for students to and
from school is the rickshaw.



XThe Indian education system is based on the British system. There is lower kindergarten, upper kindergarten,
and grades 1 to 12. A child is admitted into lower kindergarten at three years of age. Indian Board exams take
place in the 10
th
and 12
th
grades, similar to the O (ordinary) and A (advanced) levels of England. In India, a
bachelor’s degree requires three years and a master’s an additional two years. Basic professional courses take
up to five years, followed by specialization. Also, in Punjabi, there is a clear distinction between the words for
school, college, and university—these words are not interchangeable.

188
1. Familiarize yourself with the new vocabulary. Listen to the speaker and read the following text
under each of the pictures.



A student writes on the
blackboard with chalk.
A student raises her hand to
ask a question.
A teacher teaches students
math.

lTlEH'üül F'¤ F'B FB¤
FüB B lBuEl ü J
lTlEH'üül PT'B uZE BEl
üü u3' ¤üE' ü
HlüH'u¤ lTlEH'üülH' F
ÐlEB lPu' lüH' ü J

Vidiarthi chalk naal blackboard
te likhdi hai
Vidiarthi sawal puchchan*
laee hath kara karda hai.
Adhiaapak vidiarthiaa* nu*
gan*it sikha riaa hai.



Students study chemistry in
middle school.
First-grade students read a
textbook.
Students will study art in this
class.

lTlEH'üül P¤B lTF ¤PlEPZl
u3E üF
uüBl ¤B'P E lTlEH'üül
l¤B'F u3E üF J
lEP ¤B'P lTF lTlEH'üül
¤B' lPuEÐ

Vidiarthi chemistry parde han
school vich.
Pahli class de vidiarthi
kitaab parde han.
Eis class vich vidiarthi kala
sikhan*ge.
189


There is a book, a notebook, and
a calculator.
There is a desk and a chair
in the classroom.
Students write with pens and
pencils.

Çü l¤B'F , F ZF ¤ HB
¤B¤BZü ü J
¤B'P lTF BP¤ HB
¤üPl ü J
lTlEH'üül uF' HB luFPB'
F'B lBuE üFJ

Uthe kitaab, notebook atei
calculator hai.
Class vich desk atei kursi
hai.
Vidiarthi pena* atei pencila*
naal likhde han.


2. Work with a partner. Look around the classroom. Name the items you see.

class Class
¤B'P
desk Desk
BP¤
chair Kursi
¤üPl
blackboard Blackboard
FB¤FüB
chalk Chalk
F'¤
pen Pen
uF
pencil Pencil
uFlPB
globe Globe
ÐBF
book Kitaab
l¤B'F
notebook Notebook
FZF¤
computer Computer
¤PluÇZü
printer Printer
ulüZü
keyboard Keyboard
¤lFüB
monitor Monitor
PFlZü
teacher Adhiyapak
HlüH'u¤
calculator Calculator
¤B¤BZü
cassette Cassette
¤PZ
student Vidhiarthi
lTlEH'üül


190
3. Working with a partner, name the items you bring with you to class and the items found in your
classroom.



















4. Listen to the dialogue while you read along in the workbook. Underline the new vocabulary.

What is your name? My name is Harjinder.
Bü' F' ¤l ü ?  Pü' F' üülREü ü J
Tera na* ki hai? Mera na* Harjinder hai.

How old are you? I am 16 years old.
Bül ÇPü ¤l ü ? P` 16 P'B E' ü' J
Teri umar ki hai? Main* 16(saulah*) saal da ha*.

What grade are you in? I am in 10
th
grade.
B l¤Fl` ¤B'P lTF u3E' ü` J P` 10 Tl` lTF u3E' ü' J
Tu* kin*hi* class vich parhda hai*? Main* 10 (das) vi* vich parhda ha*.

What subjects do you study? Math, biology, music, literature, and history.
B ¤l·¤l lTP u3E' ü` ? ÐlEB, F'ElHBRl, PÐlB,P'lüB HB lElBü'P J
Tu* ki-ki vishay parhda hai*? Gan*it, biology, sangeet, sahit, atei eitihas

191
What is your favorite subject? My favorite subject is biology.
BF l¤ü3' lTP PF B FÐ' BÐE' ü ? PF F'ElHBRl PF B FÐl BÐEl ü J
Tenu* kihra vishay sab to* changa lagda hai? Main* biology sab to* change lagdi hai.

Are you a good student? Yes, I‘m a good student.
¤l B FÐ' lTlEH'üül ü ? ü' P` FÐ' lTlEH'üül ü' J
Ki tu* changa vidhiarthi hai? Ha*, main* changa vidhiarthi ha*.

What will you do after school? I will go to the college; I want to be a doctor.
P¤B uBP üF E F'HE B ¤l ¤üÐ' ? P` ¤'BR R'ÇÐ' J P` B'¤Zü FEF' ü J
School khatam hon* de baad tu* ki karega? Main* college jao*ga. Main* doctor ban*na hai.

What do you like to do after school? After school I like to listen to music.
P¤B E F'HE B ¤l ¤üE' ü ? P¤B E F'HE PF PÐlB PEF' FÐ' BÐE' ü J
School de baad tu* ki karda* hai? School de baad main*u sangeet sun*na changa lagda hai.


5. Read the list of new words you should have underlined in Exercise 4.

Note: In Punjab (India), all subjects are known by their English counterparts. The grammar of the main verb
changes with gender and number.

¤B'P
lTP
FÐ'
lTP
ÐlEB
F'ElHBRl
PÐlB
P'lüB
lElBü'P
¤'BR
FÐ'
PEF'


Study the use of the verb “to like.”

Examples: Ram likes to study math.
ü'P F ÐlEB u3E' FÐ' BÐE' ü J
Hari likes to listen to music after school.
P¤B E F'HE üül F PÐlB PFE' FÐ' ü J
Veer likes to read in the evenings.
Tlü F l¤B'F u3E' FÐ' ü P'Pl J
We like to speak Punjabi in our class.
¤B'P lTF P'F uR'Fl FBE' FÐ' ü J

192
6. Work with a partner. Come up with a dialogue similar to the one in Exercise 4. List your favorite
subjects, say how good you think you are at each of them, tell what profession you are going to choose,
and say what you like to do after school.


7. Familiarize yourself with the new vocabulary. Listen to the speaker as you go over the dialogue.

A. Listen to the recording and take notes.
lü¤'ülBÐ F PE HB lBu J
Recording nu sun ke likho

B. Put your pencils down.
H'uEl uFlPB' üB' üu J
Apni pencila* hetan rakho

C. Write your answer on the blackboard.
H'uE' RT'F FB¤FüB B lBu J
Apna javab blackboard te likho

D. Open your textbooks.
H'uEl l¤B'F' uB J
Apni keetaba* kholo

E. Raise your hand if you have a question.
R¤ü ¤El PT'B üÊ B' H'uE' üü u3' ¤ü J
Jekar koi sawal hove tan* apna haath kara karo

F. Write down your homework, please.
l¤u' ¤ü¤ H'uE' ±ü lTF ¤üF E' ¤P lBu J
Kirpa karke apna ghar vich karan da kam likho.


8. Role-play a teacher. Have the students follow your directions. Use the expressions from Exercise 7.









193
9. Listen to the following questions and mark the answers that you hear. Check your work with
the answer key.

1. What do you do at school?
A. I read the textbooks at school.
B. I write letters and numbers in Punjabi.
C. I study many subjects.

2. What grade are you in?
A. I am in 5
th
grade.
B. I am in 6
th
grade.
C. I am in 8
th
grade.

3. What subjects are you studying?
A. Math, Punjabi, science, geography, and English.
B. Math, history, science, geography, and English.
C. Math, chemistry, science, geography, and English.

4. What is your favorite subject?
A. English
B. Geography
C. Science

5. Are you a good student?
A. I’m very good at English, but I’m bad at math.
B. I’m very good at geography, but I’m bad at math.
C. I’m very good at chemistry, but I’m bad at math.

10. Working with a partner, come up with similar dialogues using expressions from Exercise 9.

11. Working in small groups, describe the following pictures. Come up with ages for the students and
the teacher, their names, the subjects they study/teach, what they’re doing right now, what they are
wearing, if they seem to like their class and their teacher, etc.




194
12. Listen to and read the following text about the student’s schedule, and then answer the
questions below. There will be the new word “busy” in the text. Try to guess the meaning from the
context: “I have a busy schedule. I work six hours every day, and I have six classes at school every day.”
Did you guess what “busy schedule" means? Check your work with the answer key.

Pü' F' üPF HüR' ü J P` uR'F lTPTlTlEH'B' FBlÐ3 lTF lTlEH'üül ü' J P` HÐRl u3 lüH' ü' J P` HFT'
E¤ FFE' F'ÇE' ü' J P` ül5H' üE' ü J PPT'ü, FüT'ü HB P¤üT'ü F P` 8 TR u3E R'E' ü' J u3E E F'
HE , 4 TR P` ¤P B R'E' ü' J P` üPZlüZ lTF TZü El F ¤ül ¤üE' ü' J¤P E F'HE P` 10 TR ±ü R'E' ü' J
PÐBT'ü HB TlüT'ü F Pül ¤B'P 10 TR üEl ü J u3E E F'HE 12 TR P` uPB¤'B' R'E' ü' JP` Çü Eulüü
F 3 ±Z BEl ¤P ¤üE' ü' J P` üPTü¤ PFlFüT'ü HB HBT'ü El PTü F ¤üE' ü' J

Mera na* Raman Ahuja hai. Main* Punjab university chandigard vich vidyarthi han*. Main angrezi pard reha
ha*. Main* anuvadak ban*na chunda ha*. Main* rujiha rehenda ha*. Saumvar, Boodvar atei Shurakvar nu
main* 8 vaje paran janda ha*. Paran de baad 4 vaje main* kam te janda ha*. Main* restaurant vich waiter de
naukari karda ha*. Kam ton* baad das vaje main* ghar janda ha*. Mangalvar atei virvar nu meri class das vaje
khundi hai. Paran ton* baad 12 vaje main* pustakalye janda ha*. Main* uthe dupahar nu 3 ghante laye kam
karda ha*. Main homework shanivar atei attevar de saver nu karda ha*.


A. What is the student’s name?
B. Where does he/she go to school?
C. What does he/she study?
D. What is his/her schedule on Monday, Wednesday and Friday?
E. What is his/her schedule on Tuesday and Thursday?
F. Does the student have a job?
G. When does the student do homework?
H. What does the student want to do after finishing school?















195
End-of-Lesson Tasks


1. Go over the text from Exercise 12 again. Tell the class about your schedule. Use the questions after
the text as an outline for your story.


2. Look at the pictures and say what you see. Include the grade the students are in, the subjects they are
studying, what the teacher is doing, what the students and teachers are wearing, etc.
















196
Vocabulary List


Art Kala
¤B'
Basketball Basketball
F'Pl¤ZF'B
Biology Biology
F'ElH'BRl
Blackboard Blackboard
FB¤FüB
Busy Rujiaa
ül5H'
Chair Kursi
¤üPl
Chalk Chalk
F'¤
Chemistry Chemistry
¤PlEPZl
Class Class
¤B'P
College/University College/vishavvidhyalay
¤'BR/lTPTlTlüH'B'
Computer Computer
¤PluÇZü
Desk Desk
BP¤
Elementary School School
P¤B
English Angrezi
HÐRl
Grade Class
¤B'P
High School School
P¤B
History Eitihas
lElBü'P
Homework Homework
üPTü¤
Literature Sahit
P'lüB
Math Gan*it
ÐlEB
Middle School School
P¤B
Music Sangeet
PÐlB
Notebook Notebook
FZF¤
Pen Pen
uF
Pencil Pencil
uFlPB
Photography Photography
EZÐ'El
Reading Parhna*
u3E'
Student Vidhiyarthi
lTlEH'üül
Subject(s) Vishay
lTP
Tape recorder Tape recorder
Zulü¤'üBü
Teacher Adhiyapak
HlüH'u¤
To like Changa lagna
FÐ' BÐE'
To read Parhna
u3E'
To study Parhna
u3E'
To write Likhna
lBuE'

197
Listen to the recording and
take notes.
Recording nu* suno* atei likho
lü¤'ülBÐ F PE HB lBu
Put your pencils down. Aapni* pencila* nu* hetha rakho.
H'uEl uFlPB' F üB' üu J
Write your answer on the
blackboard.
Jawab nu* blackboard te likho.
RT'F F FB¤FüB B lBu
Open your textbooks. Aapni* kitaaba* kholo.
H'uEl l¤B'F' uB
Raise your hand! Aapna* hath uthe karo
H'uE' üü ÇB ¤ü
Write down your homework,
please.
Kirpa aapne* ghar vich karan da kam
likho.
l¤u' H'uE ±ü lTF ¤üF E'
¤P lBu





































198
Answer Key

9.
1. A
2. B
3. C
4. A
5. B

1. P¤B lTF BPl ¤l ¤üE ü ?
school vich tusi ki karde ho?

A. P` l¤B'F' u3E'/El ü' J
main* kitaaba* parhda/di han*.


2. BPl ¤ü3l ¤B'P lTF u3E ü ?
Tusi kehri class vich parhde ho?
B. P` ZTl` lTF u3E'/El ü' J
main* chevi* vich parhda/di ha*.


3. BPl ¤l lTP u3E ü ?
tusi ki vishay parhde ho?

C. ÐlEB , ¤PlEPZl , lTlÐH'F , 5ÐB , HB HÐRl J
Gan*it, chemistry,vigyan, bhugol atei angrezi

4.
Bü'F l¤ü3' lTP FÐ' BÐE' ü ?
Tuhanu kihda vishay changa
lagda hai?

A.HÐRl
angrezi


5. ¤l B FÐ' lTlEH'üül ü` ?
Ki tu* changa vidhiarthi hai*?

B. P` 5ÐB lTF FÐ' ü' uü ÐlEB lTF FÐ' Fül` J
Main* bhugol vich changa ha* par gan*it vich changa nahi*.



12. Compare your answers with the translation.

My name is Raman Ahuja. I am a student at Punjab University Chandigarh. I study English. I want to be an
interpreter. I have a busy schedule. On Monday, Wednesday, and Friday, I go to school at 8:00. After school,
at 4:00 p.m., I go to work. I work at a restaurant as a waiter/waitress. After work, at 10 p.m., I go home. On
Tuesday and Thursday, I go to class at 10 a.m. After school, at 12:00, I go to the library. I work at the library
three hours in the afternoon. I do my homework on the weekends and in the mornings.

199
Lesson 16 VALIDATION COPY 1.0 JUNE 2007
Recreation and Leisure
PF ü RF HB u'Bl PP'


This lesson will introduces you to:
- vocabulary related to recreational and leisure activities
- ways to discuss hobbies in Punjabi.



1. Read the sentences with the new vocabulary and try to guess the meaning of unknown words.







lEü H'EPl HB HüB FFE
üFJ lEü ÇF'
E' P¤ ü J
Eh aadmi atei aurat nachde han. Eh
unha* da shauk hai.
lEü PÐlB¤'ü ü JlEü uÐ'P
lTF
ulH'F FR'El ü J
Eh sangeetkar hai. Eh program vich
piano bajan*di hai.
lEü H'EPl EZ luFE' ü J
Çü EZÐ'Eü ü J.
Eh aadmi photo khichda hai. Oh
photographer hai.






lEü ü'P ü J EZF'B uBE' ÇP E'
P¤ ü J
Eh Ram hai. Football khedna us da
shauk hai.

lEü H'EPl uü'3 B P¤l
¤üE' ü J P¤l ¤üF' ÇP E' P¤ ü J
Eh aadmi pahar te ski karda hai.
Ski karma usda shauk hai.
Pül EPB ü'Fl üü
Eulüü H'uEl ¤B'P E F'HE
E3El ü J
Meri dost Rani her dupahire
aapni* class de baad dhorhdi
hai.
200






Pü 5ü' F FlBÐ ¤üF' FÐ' BÐE' ü
lEü ÇPE' P¤ ü J
Mere phra nu* bowling karma changa
lagda hai. Eh usda shauk hai.
R¤ü PPP FÐ' üÊ B FF üü üR
BüE üF J
Jekar mausam changa hoei te
bachche her roz terde han.
lEü RT'F H'EPl ¤üZ lTF
ZlFP uBE' ü J
Eh jawan aadmi court vich
tennis khed da hai.



Pül 5E F lFB¤B' ¤üF'
FÐ' BÐE' ü J
Meri bhen nu* chiterkala karna
changa lagda hai.
ERl B'P uBE üF J ÇF' F B'P
uBE' FÐ' BÐE' ü J
Fauji taash khedde han. Unha*u
taash khedna changa lagda hai.
ulB·uBFl üü P'Pl Pü ¤üE
üF J
Pati-patni her shaami ser karde
han.





E ERl PBüR uBE üF J lEü ÇF'
E' P¤ ü J
Do fauji shatranj khedde han. Eh unha* da shauk hai.
lEü H'EPl lÐZ'ü FR'E' ü
HB Ð'E' Ð'E' ü J
Eh aadmi guitar bajanda hai atei
gana* gan*da hai.

201
2. Now listen to the speaker. Check to see if you made correct guesses. Repeat the new words as
many times as you need to fill comfortable with pronunciation.

Play Khedna
uBE'
Cards Taash
B'P
To ski Ski
P¤l
Hobby Shauk

To dance Nachna
FFE'
Tennis Tennis
ZlFP
Tennis court Tennis court
ZlFP ¤üZ
Play piano Piano bajana*
luH'F FR'E'
Musician Sangeetkar
PÐlB¤'ü
To take pictures Photo leina*
EZ BE'
Photographer Photographer
EZÐ'Eü
To play guitar Guitar bajana*
lÐZ'ü FR'E'
To sing Gana gana*
Ð'F' Ð'E'
Songs Gane
Ð'F
Chess Shatranj
PBüR
To walk Ser karma/turna
Pü ¤üF'/ZüF'
To swim Terna
BüF'
Swimming pool Swimmingpool
PlTPlEÐ uB
To run Dhorna
E3F'
To bowl Bowling karma
FlBÐ ¤üF'
Soccer Football
EZF'B
To paint Chitrekala karna
lFB¤B' ¤üF'


XThe sport of cricket is enjoyed by both young and old all throughout India. The Indian cricket team is well
known and it’s every child’s dream to play on the national team. The matches with all European countries are
watched with great enthusiasm. Next in popularity to cricket are field hockey and football (soccer). Baseball
and American football are not known in India.







202
3. Listen to the dialogues as you read them.

1. What will they do after school? A. They will swim after school.
Çü P¤B E F'HE ¤l ¤üFÐ ? A. Çü P¤B E F'HE BüEÐ J
Oh school de baad ki karange? oh school de baad terange.
B. They will dance after school.

B. Çü P¤B E F'HE FFEÐ J
oh school de baad nachange.
C. They will sing after school.

C. Çü P¤B E F'HE Ð'EÐ J
oh school de baad gan*ge
2. What sports does he play? A. He plays soccer and basketball.
2. Çü ¤l uB uBE' ü ? A. Çü EZF'B HB F'Pl¤ZF'B uBE' ü J
Oh ki khed khedda hai? oh football atei basketball khedda hai.
B. He plays soccer and volleyball.

B. Çü EZF'B HB T'BlF'B uBE' ü J
oh football atei volleyball khedda hai.
C. He plays soccer and tennis.

C. Çü EZF'B HB ZlFP uBE' ü J
oh football atei tennis khedda hai.
3. What does she do today? A. She sings songs.
3. ÇF HR ¤l ¤lB' ? A. ÇF Ð'F Ð'Ê J
ohne aaj ki kita? ohne gane* gaye.
B. She paints pictures.

B. ÇF lFB¤B' ¤lBl J
ohne chiterkala kiti.
C. She takes pictures.

C. ÇF EZ luF J
ohne photo khichche.
4. Do you play chess? A. Yes, I play chess.
4. ¤l BPl PBüR uBE ü ? A. ü' , uBE'/El ü' J
ki tusi shatranj khedde ho? Ha*, khedda/di ha*.
Do you play guitar? B. No, I play the piano.
¤l BPl lÐZ'ü FR'E ü ? B. Fül`, P` luH'F FR'E'/El ü' J
ki tusi guitar bajande ho? Nahi* main* piano bajanda/di ha*.
Do you play piano? C. Yes, I play the piano.
¤l BPl luH'F FR'E ü ? C. ü', FR'E'/El ü' J
ki tusi piano bajande ho? Ha*, bajanda/di ha*.
5. What are your hobbies? A. I like to run and take pictures.
5. Bü'B ¤l P¤ üF ? A. Pü P¤ üF E3F' HB EZ luFE' J
Tuhade ki shauk han? Mere shauk han dhorna atei photo khichna.
B. I like to read and swim.
203

B. Pü P¤ u3E' HB BüF' üFJ
Mere shauk parhna atei terna han.
C. I like to walk and play soccer

Pü P¤ ZüE' HB EZF'B uBE' üFJ
Mere shauk turna*atei football khedna. han


4. Work with a partner. Take turns reading the dialogues in Exercise 3.

5. Work with a partner or in a small group. Make up exchanges using the models and phrases from
Exercise 3.

6. Reconstruct the questions. Check your work with the answer key.

A. - …………………….?

- ü', P` PBüR uBE' /El ü' J
- ha*, main* shatranj khedda/di ha*.

B. - …………………….?

- ü', P` luH'F FR'El ü' J
- ha* main* piano bajandi ha*.

C. -……………………?

- Pü P¤ E3F' HB EZ luFE' üF J
- mere shauk dhorna atei photo khichna han.

D. - ……………………?

- Çü EZF'B HB F'Pl¤ZF'B uBE' ü J
- oh football atei basketball khedda hai.

E. - ……………………?

- Pü P¤ u3E' HB BüF' üFJ
- mere shaukk parhna atei terna han.

F. - …………………….?

- ÇPF ZüF' HB lÐZ'ü FR'E' FÐ' BÐE' ü J
- usnu* turna atei guitar bajana* changa lagda hai.

204
7. Listen to the following text, noting the new vocabulary. Do you understand all the words in red?
Check the grammar note for some explanations.

Pü' F' uülTEü Pu` ü J P` FBlÐ3 , uR'F B ü' J P` Bl. Tl. Bl ¤'BR lEBl lTF u3E' ü' J
P` H'uEl ¤B'P' HB P¤' lTF ül5H' ülüE' ü' J P` ¤PluÇZü P'ElP u3E' ü' HB P` ¤'BR El ZlP lTF EZ
F'B uBE' ü' JPül ¤B'P üü üR 8:30 B 3:00 TR B¤ ü`El üJ P¤B E F'HE Pül EZF'B E' uH'P 4:00 B 6:
00 TR B¤ ü`E' ü JPF EZF'B uBE' FÐ' BÐE' ü J Pü EPB HB P` PFlFüT'ü HB HBT'ü F Tl EZF'B u
BE ü' J PF BüF' HB lÐZ'ü FR'F' Tl FÐ' BÐE' ü J P` lÐZ'ü FÐl Fül` FR'E' J lEP üEE E Hulü B P
ü EPB HB P` uÐ'P B RBüü uR'F R'T'Ð JP'B PF uPE ¤B'¤'ü Ð'EÐ J uÐ'P E F'HE HPl u'F' u'E
BEl üPZlüZ R'T'Ð J

Mera na* Parvinder Sekhon hai. Main* chandigarh, Punjab ton* han*. Main* D.V.D kalege Delhi vich parda
han*. Main* apani kalasa* atei* shauka* vich rujeha rahnda han*. Main* computer science parda ha*. Meri
class her roz 8:30 ton* 3:00 vaje tak hundi hai. School de baad meri football da program 4:00 ton* 6:00 tak
hunda hai. Mehnu football khedna chaga lagda hai. Mere dost atei main* shanicharvar atei attevar nu football
khed de han*. Mehnu tehrna atei guitar bajana vi changa lagda hai. Main* guitar change nahin bajanda. Is hafte
de akhir te mere dost atei main* program te jalandhar Punjab javange. Sade man pasand kalakar gan*ge.
Program de baad asi khana khan* layi restaurant javange.


8. Mark the following statements as either True or False. Check your answers.


A. _____Parvinder Sekhon is from Chandigarh, Punjab.

B. _____He is a student at D.V.D College in Delhi.

C. _____ Parvinder studies chemistry.

D. _____ Parvinder plays on the university soccer team.

E. _____ He had class every day from 8:30 to 3:00.

F. _____Parvinder likes to swim and play the piano.

H. _____After the concert Parvinder will go home to do his homework.


9. Working with a partner or in a small group, come up with the description of a busy schedule. Use the
statements from Exercise 8 as an outline for your story. The pictures given below can help you to choose
the activities to describe.

205





10. Read the vocabulary as you look at the pictures. Try to match the Punjabi words with the pictures.
Check your answers with the answer key.



1 2 3



4 5 6


PlTPlEÐ uB
Swimming pool

EZF'B PE'F
Football meidan

ZlFP ¤üZ
Tennis court

FlBÐ ÊBl
Bowling alley

lRPFlRHP
Gymnasium

PZBlHP
Stadium

206
11. Listen to the statements and mark the ones that you hear. Check the answer key.


1. A. P¤B E F'HE Çü BüÐl J
School de baad oh tergi.
B. P¤B E F'HE Çü FFÐl J
School de baad oh nachegi
C. P¤ B E F'HE Çü Ð'ÇÐl J
School de baad oh gaugi

2. A. ÇPF EZF'B HB F'Pl¤ZF'B uBF' FÐ' BÐE' ü J
Usnu football atei basketball khedna changa lagda hai.
B. ÇPF EZF'B HB T'BlF'B uBF' FÐ' BÐE' ü J
Usnu football atei volleyball khedna changa lagda hai.
C. ÇPF EZF'B HB ZlFP uBF' FÐ' BÐE' ü J
Usnu football atei tennis khedna changa lagda hai.

3. A. Çü Ð'El Fül`, uü Çü luH'F TR'El ü J
Oh gandi nahin par oh piano vajandi hai.
B. Çü lFB¤B' Fül ¤üEl, uü Çü EZ luFEl ü J
Oh chitrkala nahin kardi par oh photo kichdi hai.
C. Çü FFEl Fül`, uü Çü Ð'El ü J
Of nachadi nahin, par oh gandi hai.

4. A. BPl PBüR uBE ü ? Fül` P` F¤üR uBE'/El ü' J.
Tusi shatranj khede ho? Nahin main* kheda/di han*
B. BPl ÐlZ'ü FR'E ü ? Fül`, P` luH'F FR'E' /El ü'
Tusi guitat bajande ho? Nahin, main* piano bajanda han*
C. BPl luH'F FR'E ü ? ü', FR'E'/El ü' J
Tusi piano bajande ho? Han* bajanda/di han*

5. A. Bü' ¤l P¤ ü ? Pü' P¤ E3F' HB Ð'F' ü J
Tera ki shauk hai? Mera shauk daurna atei gana hai.
B. Bü' ¤l P¤ ü ? Pü' P¤ u3F' HB FFE' ü J
Tera ki shauk hai? Mera shauk parhna atei nachna hai
C. Bü' ¤l P¤ ü ? Pü' P¤ZüF' HB B'P uBF' ü J
Tera ki shauk hai? Mera shaul turana atei taash khedna hai.




207
12. Work with a partner. Look at the pictures and make up dialogues about someone’s hobbies. Use the
models and phrases from Exercise 11.





















208
End-of-Lesson Tasks.


1. Answer the following questions in Punjabi.

A. What is your favorite sport or recreational activity?

B. How often do you participate in your activity?

C. What is your favorite hobby?

D. What did you do last weekend?

E. What will you do next weekend?


2. Work with a partner or in a small group. In Punjabi, describe the pictures below, using the
vocabulary you have learned in this lesson.










209
Vocabulary List

Bowling alley Bowling alley
FlBÐ ÊBl
Bowling Bowling
FlBÐ
Cards Taash
B'P
Chess shatranj
PBüR
Computer science Computer science
¤PluÇZü P'ElP
Gymnasium Gymnasium
lRPFRlHP
Hobby Shauk

Paint pictures Chitrekala
lFB¤B'
Playing field Khed madan
uB PE'F
To bowl Bowl karma
FB ¤üF'
To dance Nachna
FFF'
To play chess, cards; play
soccer, volleyball; play a
piano, a guitar
Shatranj, taash, football
khedna.Piano,guitar bajana.
PBüR, B'P, EZF'B, uBE',
luH'F ,lÐZ'ü FR'F'
To run Dhorna
EBE'
To sing Gana
Ð'F'
To ski Ski karma
P¤l ¤üF'
To swim Terna
BüF'
To take pictures Photo khichna
EZ luFF'
Soccer field Football maidan
EZF'B PE'F
Songs Geet
ÐlB
Stadium Stadium
PZBlHP
Swimming pool Swimmingpool
PlTPlEÐ uB
Tennis Tennis
ZlFP
Tennis court Tennis court
ZlFP ¤üZ














210
Answer Key

6.
A. -¤l BPl PBüR uBE ü .?
- ü', P` PBüR uBE' /El ü' J

B. -¤l BPl luH'F FR'E ü .?
- ü', P` luH'F FR'El ü' J

C. -Bü'B P¤ ¤l üF ?
- Pü P¤ üF E3F' HB EZ luFE' J

D. -Çü ¤l uBE' ü ?
- Çü EZF'B HB F'Pl¤ZF'B uBE' ü J

E. - Bü'B P¤ ¤l üF …?
- Pü P¤ üF u3E' HB BüF' J

F. - ÇPF ¤l FÐ' BÐE' ü .?
ÇPF ZüF' HB lÐZ'ü FR'E' FÐ' BÐE' ü J

A. Do you play chess? - Yes, I play chess.
B. Do you play the piano? - Yes, I play the piano.
C. What are your hobbies? - My hobbies are running and taking photos.
D. What sports does he play? - He plays soccer and basketball.
E. What are your hobbies? - My hobbies are reading and swimming.
F. What does she like to do? - She likes to walk and play guitar.

8.
A. __T___Parvinder Sekhon is from Chandigarh, Punjab.
B. __T___He is a student at D.V.D college in Delhi.
C. __F___Parvinder studies chemistry.
D. __T___Parvinder plays on the university soccer team.
E. __T___He had class every day from 8:30 to 3:00.
F. __T___Parvinder likes to swim and play the piano.
H. __F__ After the concert Parvinder will go home to do his homework.


10.
Swimming pool/PlTPlEÐ uB(5)
Soccer Field/ EZF'B PE'F (3)
Tennis court/ ZlFP ¤üZ (6)
211
Bowling Alley/ FlBÐ ÊBl (1)
Gymnasium/ lRPFlRHP (2)
Stadium/ PZBlHP (4)

11.
B. P¤B E F'HE Çü FFÐl J
A. ÇPF EZF'B HB F'Pl¤ZF'B uBF' FÐ' BÐE' ü J
C. Çü FFEl Fül`, uü Çü Ð'El ü J
A. BPl PBüR uBE ü ? Fül` P` F¤üR uBE'/El ü' J.
A. Bü' ¤l P¤ ü ? Pü' P¤ ü E3F' HB Ð'F' J


212
Lesson 17 VALIDATION COPY 1.0 JUNE 2007
Health and the Human Body
lPüB HB PF ul Pülü
Sehat atei manukhi sareer


This lesson will introduce you to:
- vocabulary related to the human body
- asking questions about a person’s state of health
- answering questions about health conditions
- typical exchanges at the doctor’s office.


1. Listen as the speaker recites the vocabulary. Then study the diagram and match the Punjabi
terms for each body part with the diagram.

1 lPü 2 T'B 3 Hu
4 Pü 5 ¤ F
6 F¤
7 ü E 8 Pü 21 ü`B 22 EE
9 B Bl

10 ¤üEl

11 ¤üEl

12 u Z 13 F'ü

15 uZ
14 üü
16


17 Ð B'
18 BB



19 u ü 20 uü El Ç`ÐBlH'





Abdomen Peit
uZ
Arm Bha*
F'ü
Back Pith
luB
Chest Chati
Z'Bl
Chin Dhodi
BBl
Ear Kan
¤F
Elbow Kohn*i
¤üEl
Eye Akh
Hu
Face Muh

Fingers Un*galiaa*
Ç`ÐBlH'
Foot/Feet Peir

Genitals Janan in*dri
REF·lEEl
Hair Vaal
T'B
Hand Hath
üü
Head Sir
lPü
Hip Lak

Knee Goda
ÐB'
Leg Lak
BB
Lip Hon*dh/bulh
ü`B/FB
Mouth Muh

Neck Dhon*
üE
Nose Nak

Pelvis/groin Lak

Shoulder Modha
PE'
Stomach Peit
uZ
Toes Panja
uR'
Tooth/Teeth Dan*d
EE
Waist Kamar
¤Pü
214
2. In Punjabi, name the body parts that come in pairs. Check your answers


3. Fill in the blanks with the appropriate body part in Punjabi. Check your work with the answer key.

Hu' ¤F BB' uü' lPü üü üE Pü
akhan* ka*n lata* peira* siir hath dhon* m*uh


A.P` u3E E BEl H'uEl __________ lEPBP'B ¤üE'/El ü' J
Main* paran* de laye aapni _______ eistehmal karda/di ha*

B.P` H'uE ______ F'B PÐlB PEE' /El ü' J
Main* apane ______ nal sangeet sunada/di ha*

C. Pül _________ BEl ZüE' FÐ' ü J
Meri ________ laye turna changa hai.

D.P` H'uE _______ B RB HB PR u'E' /El ü' J
Main* apane ______ te jutte atei mauje panda/di ha*

E.PüElH' lTF P` Zul H'uE _________ B , EPB'F H'uE _______ B HB P'B H'uE _____ B u'E'/El ü' J
Sardiya* vich main* topi apne* ______ te, dastane apne* _______ te atei shawl apne*
____ te panda/di ha*

F. P` H'uE _______ F'B u'E'/El ü'J
Main* apne _____ nal khanda/di ha*


4. Read the following phrases.

How do you feel? I feel sick.
Bü'Bl BFlHB l¤T ü ? P` lFP'ü ü' J
Tuhadi tabeeat kive* hai? Main* bimaar han*.
I feel weak/weakness.

PF ¤PRül ü J
Main*u kamzori hai.
I feel bad.

BFlHB Bl¤ Fül` J
Tabeeat theek nahi* .



215
What symptoms do you have? I have a sore throat.
Bü'B ¤l BZE üF ? Pü' ÐB' EuE' ü J
Tuhade ki lachchan han? Mera gala dhukda hai.
I have a fever.

PF Fu'ü ü J
Main*u bukhaar hai.
I have a headache.

Pü' lPü EuE' ü J
Mera siir dhukda hai.

Where does it hurt? My left ankle hurts.
l¤ü EuE' ü ? Pü' uF' lÐZ' EuE' ü
Kithe dukhda hai? Mera khabaa gita dukhda hai.
My back hurts.

Pül luB EuEl ü J
Meri pith dukhdi hai.
My stomach hurts.

Pü' lZE EuE' ü J
Mera tid dukhda hai.


5. Listen to the following questions and answers, and read along in the workbook.

A. How do you feel? I feel sick.
Bü'Bl BFlHB l¤T` ü ? P` lFP'ü ü' J
Tuhadi tabeeat kive* hai? Main* bimaar han*.

B. What is the matter with her? Her leg hurts.
ÇPF ¤l ülEH' ü ? ÇP El BB EuEl ü J
usnu* ki hoeea hai? Usdi let dukhdi hai.

C. How do you feel? My head hurts.
Bü'Bl BFlHB l¤T` ü ? Pü' lPü EuE' ü J
Tuhadi tabeeat kive* hai? Mera siir dukhda hai..

D. Are you in pain? Yes, my arm is broken.
¤l Bü'F EüE ü lüH' ü ? ü', Pül F'ü ZZl ü J
ki tuhanu* dard ho riaa hai? Han* , meri ban*h tuti hai.

E. Where does it hurt? My stomach hurts.
l¤ü EuE' ü ? uZ EuE' ü J
kithe dukhda hai? Peit dukhda hai.
216

F. Are you sick? No, I’m pregnant.
¤l BPl lFP'ü ü ? Fül`, P` Ðü5TBl ü' J
ki tusi bimaar ho? Nahi* , main* garabhvati ha*.

G. Are you OK? I don’t feel good. I feel nauseous and have a stomachache.
BPl Bl¤ ü ? P` Bl¤ Fül`, P`F ÇBZl ü üül ü HB uZ EuE' ü J
Tusi teekh ho ? main* teekh nahi*, main*u oltee ho rahi hai atei peit dukhda Hai.

H. Are you taking any medication? Yes, over-the-counter ones.
¤El ET'El u' üÊ ü ? ü', R H'P lPBEl ü J
koee davaee kha raye ho? Han*, jo aam mildi hai.


6. Working with a partner, role-play the dialogues from Exercise 5.


7. Match each picture with the corresponding statement.


A B C

1. lEü HüB lFP'ü Fül` ü , Çü Ðü5TBl B ü J
eh aurat bimaar nahi* hai, oh garabhvati hai.

2. FFl F Fu'ü ü , ÐB' uü'F ü , HB Pülü EuE' ü , HB ÇPF lFZ' HB u± ü üEl ü J ÇPF R¤'P/FRB' üF
H' ü J
Bachi nu* bukhaar hai, gala kharaab hai, atei sharer dukhda hai, atei usnu* nichcha* atei khang ho rahi hai.
Usnu* flu hoeea hai.

3. lF¤ PB F ÇBZl H'El ü HB ÇPE' uZ EuE' ü J
Nikke man*de nu* oltee aa*ndi hai atei usda peit dukhda hai.

8. Work with a partner. Role-play the doctor and patient. Use the questions from
Exercise 5 as a model. Use the phrases from Exercise 6 to describe your symptoms.
217
9. Listen to and read the list of the typical symptoms for each ailment.

Flu Zukam/nazala
R¤'P/FRB'
Fever Bukar
Fu'ü
Congestion Chati jamni
Z'Bl RPEl
Sore throat Gala Kharab
ÐB' uü'F
Body aches Sareer Peer
Pülü ul3
Sneezing Nichcha*
lFZ'
Coughing khang



Head cold Ser peerh
lPü BB'
Congestion Chati jamni
Z'Bl RPEl
Sore throat Gala karab
ÐB' uü'F
Sneezing Nichcha*
lFZ'
Coughing Khang

Severe pain Jor di peerh
Rü El ul3/Eu


Broken Bone Tuti Hadi
ZZl üBl
Swelling Soj
PR
Bruise Saat/ chot
PZ/FZ
Bleeding Khoon Vagna
uF TÐE'


Sprain Moch
PF
Bruise Saat/chot
PZ/FZ
Swelling soj
PR
Pain Peerh/dard
ul3/EüE


10. Look at the chart of symptoms in Exercise 9. Work with a partner or in a small group. Develop the
questions the doctor can ask about one’s symptoms to be able to diagnose the problem. Use the following
model to create a dialogue.

Model: - Do you have fever?
- No, I don’t.
- Do you have a cough and body aches?
- No, doctor.
- That’s very good. You don’t have flu. It’s a cold.
- Thank you, doctor.
- You are welcome.

218
(1 ft = 30 cm, 1 inch = 2.5 cm, 100 cm = 1 meter, 1 lb = 0.454 kg)


- How tall is he, and how much does he weigh?
· Çü l¤F' ÇF' ü , HB ÇPE' TRF l¤F' ü ?
- oh kinha uchcha hai atei usda vazan kinha* hai?

- He is 70” tall and weighs 185 pounds.
· Çü 70 lEF ÇF' ü HB ÇPE' TRF 185 u'ÇE ü J
- oh 70 inch uchcha hai atei usda vazan 185 pound hai.

- How tall are you? How much do you weigh?
· BPl l¤F ÇF ü ? HB Bü'B' TRF l¤F' ü ?
- tusi kinhe uchche ho? Atei tuhada vazan kinha hai?

- I am 66 inches tall and weigh 120 pounds.
· P` 66 lEF BP' /Pl ü' HB TRF 120 u'ÇE ü J
- main* 66 inch lamma/mi ha* atei vazan 120 pound hai.


11. Work with a partner. Take turns asking each other about your height and weight. Do not forget to
use the units of measure appropriate for Punjab (India).


12. Listen to the speaker and read the statements below. Translate them into English. Check your
work with the answer key.

A.
-Bü'Bl BFlHB l¤T` ü ?
- Tuhadi tabeeat kive* hai?

-P` Bl¤ Fül` J PF ÇBZl H'El ü J
- Main* teekh nahi*. Main*u ultee aa*ndi hai.

B.
- Bü'Bl BFlHB l¤T` ü ?
- Tuhadi tabeeat kive* hai?

- P` Bl¤ ü' , ü3' PF l±üE' ü J
- main* teekh ha*, thora maan kirda hai.

C.
- Bü'Bl BFlHB l¤T` ü ?
- Tuhadi tabeeat kive* hai?

·P` Bl¤ Fül`, uü PF ÇBZl Fül` ü üEl J
- main* teekh nahi*, per main*u ultee nahi* ho rahi.


219
D.
PF BÐE' ü l¤ Pül BB ZZl ü J l¤u' ¤ü¤ ÊPFBP F F B'Ç J
Main*u lagda hai ki meri let tuti hai. Kirpa karke ambulance nu* bulao.

E.
PF BÐE' ü ÇPEl BB ZZl ü J ¤u' ¤ü¤ ÊPFBP F FB'Ç J
Main*u lagda hai ki usdi let tuti hai. Kirpa karke ambulance nu* bulao.

F.
¤l ÇPEl BB ZZl ü J PF BÐE' ü J. ¤u' ¤ü¤ ÊPFBP F FB'Ç J
Ki usdi let tuti hai. Kirpa karke ambulance nu* bulao.


13. What do you hear? Listen to the speaker and mark the statement that you hear. Check your
work with the answer key.

1. A. Where does it hurt? My stomach hurts.
B. Where does it hurt? My back hurts.
C. Where does it hurt? My neck hurts.

2. A. What are your symptoms? I have a fever and a headache.
B. What are your symptoms? I have a fever and a stomachache.
C. What are your symptoms? I have a fever and my body aches.

3. A. How do you feel? I don’t feel well. I’m nauseous.
B. How do you feel? I feel fine, but I’m a little nauseous.
C. How do you feel? I don’t feel well, but I’m not nauseous.

4. A. I think I broke my leg. Please call an ambulance!
B. I think he broke his leg. Please call an ambulance!
C. Did he break his leg? I think so, please call an ambulance!
















220
End-of-Lesson Tasks


1. Ask and answer the following questions in Punjabi. Check the answer key for help.

A. When you have the flu, what are your symptoms?
B. Are you taking any medications?
C. Have you ever broken a bone? If yes, which one(s)?
D. What is your height and weight?
E. How often do you see a doctor? Every month? Every year? Every 3 years?


2. Tell the class what you do in order to keep a healthy weight. Do you exercise? What types of exercise
do you do? How often and for how long do you exercise? Do you have a special diet? What kind? What
do you eat and what don’t you eat? Give an example of your menu. What do you order when you eat
out, and how does it affect your diet the next day?


3. Work with a partner or in a small group. Describe the picture below.


221
Vocabulary List

Abnormal Asadharan
HP'ü'üF
Allergies Allergies
HBüRlR
Ambulance Ambulance
ÊPFBP
Arm Baah*
F'ü
Chest Chati
Z'Bl
Chin Dhodi
BBl
Are you in pain? Ki tuhanu peerh ho rahi hai?
¤l Bü'F ul3 ü üEl ü ?
Are you taking any medication? Ki tusi dawaee kha rahe ho?
¤l BPl ET'El u' üÊ ü ?
Body aches Sharer dhukhna
Pülü EuE'
Broken bone Tuti hadi
ZZl üBlH'
Bruise Chot/sat
FZ/PZ
Call an ambulance! Ambulance bulao
ÊPFBP FB'Ç J
Congestion Chati jamna
Z'Bl RPE'
Coughing Khang

Ear Kan
¤F
Elbow Kohni
¤üEl
Eye Akh
Hu
Fingers Ung*lia*
Ç`ÐBlH'
Foot Per

Feel Chuna*
ZE'
Fever Bhukhar
Fu'ü
Flu/Influenza Nazla/jukam
FRB'/R¤'P
Hand Haath
üü
Head Siir
lPü
Hip Kamar
¤Pü
Knee Goda
ÐB'
Help! Madad karo
PEE ¤ü
How do you feel? Tabeeat kive* hai?
BFlHB l¤T` ü ?
Hurt Dard/peer
EüE/ul3
Leg Let
BB
Mouth Muh

Nose Nak

Neck Dhon*
üE
Medicine Duwaee
ET'El
Nausea Ultee aa*ni/maan khirna*
ÇBZl H'El/PF luüE'
Pain Peerh/dukh
ul3/Eu
222
Pregnant Garabh to*
Ðü5 B
Shoulder Moda
PE'
Toes Panja
uR'
Waist Karma
¤Pü
Sick bimar
FlP'ü
Sneezing Nichcha*
lFZ'
Sore throat Gala kharab
ÐB' uü'F
Stomach Peit
uZ
Stomach cramps Peit peer
uZ ul3
Strain Dukh
Eu
Swelling Soj
PR
Symptoms Lachchan
BZE
What is the matter? Ki hoeea hai?
¤l ülEH' ü ?
Where does it hurt? Kithe dukhda hai?
l¤ü EuE' ü ?





























223
Answer Key

2.
ears ¤F'
elbows ¤üElH'
eyes Hu'
feet uü'
hands üü'
knees ÐBH'
shoulders P E H'
arms F'ü'
legs B B'
hips B¤'

3.
P` H'uEl __Hu'___ lEPBP'B ¤üE'/El ü' u3E E BEl J
P` PÐlB PEE' /El ü' H'uE ___¤F___ F'B J

ZüE' FÐ' ü Pül ____BB'_____ BEl J
P` RB HB PR u'E' /El ü' H'uE ___uü'____ B J
PüElH' lTF P` Zul u'E'/El ü' H'uE __lPü_______ B , EPB'F H'uE __üü_____ B HB P'B H'uE __ü
E___ B J
P` u'E'/El ü' H'uE ___Pü____ F'B J

A. I use my __eyes___ to read a book.
B. I listen to music with my _ears___.
C. Walking is good for my _legs___.
D. I wear shoes and socks on my _feet___.
E. In the winter, I wear a hat on my _head_, gloves on my __hands__ , and a scarf
around my _neck__.
F. I eat and drink with my _mouth___.


7.
1. B The young woman is not sick. She is pregnant.
2. A The little girl has a fever, a sore throat, and body aches, and she is sneezing and coughing. She has
the flu.
3. C The little boy is nauseous and has a stomachache.



224
12.
A. – How do you feel?
- I don’t feel well. I’m nauseous.

B. - How do you feel?
- I feel fine, but I’m a little nauseous.

C. – How do you feel?
- I don’t feel well, but I’m not nauseous.

D. I think I broke my leg. Please call an ambulance!
E. I think he broke his leg. Please call an ambulance!
F. Did he break his leg? I think so. Please call an ambulance!

13.
1.
A. l¤ü ul3 /EüE ü lüH' ü ? Pü uZ lTF J
kithe peerh/dard ho riya hai? Mere peit vich.
2.
B. BZE ¤l üF ? PF Fu'ü ü HB uZ EuE' ü J
Lachchan* ki han? Main*u bukhaar hai atei peit dukhda hai.
3.
C. Bü'Bl BFlHB l¤T` ü ? P` Bl¤ Fül`, uü ÇBZl Fül` H' üEl J
tuhadi tabeeat kive* hai? Main* theek nahi*, par oltee nahi* aa rayee.

4.
A. PF BÐE' ü l¤ Pül BB ZZl ü J l¤u' ¤ü¤ ÊPFBP F F B'Ç J
Main*u lagda hai ki meri let tuti hai. Kirpa karke ambulance nu* bulaao.

End of Lesson Tasks

1.
A. When you have flu, what are your symptoms?
RE EB üÊ B Bü'B BZE ¤l üF ?
B. Are you taking any medications?
¤El EH'El u' üÊ ü ?
C. Have you ever broken a bone? If yes, which one(s)?
¤El ¤El üBl ZZl ü ? R¤ü ü'E B' ¤3l ?
D. What is your height and weight?
BPl l¤F ÇF ü HB TRF ¤l ü ?
E. How often do you see a doctor? Every month? Every year? Every 3 years?
BPl l¤Fl F'ü B'¤Zü ¤B R'E ü ? üü PülF ? üü P'B ? üü 3 P'B ?

225

Lesson 18 VALIDATION COPY 1.0 JUNE 2007
Political and International Events
lPH'Pl HB H Büü'PZ l ¤'üR
Siasee atei antarashtri kaaraj


This lesson will introduce you to:
- The vocabulary associated with politics and international issues
- How they are reported in Punjabi news
- How to read and understand political events written in Punjabi newspapers.


Note: All news media is reported and the newspapers written in English, Hindi and the regional languages in
all States of India.



►The government and administration in Punjab are organized along the same lines as in other states of
India. The legislative wing of the State is the Vidhan Sabha or the House of People. In Punjab, the Vidhan
Parishad or the Upper house was abolished in the 60s. The chief minister and the members of his cabinet
are members of the legislature, and they are the top executive wing of the government, responsible to the
legislature. The local government consists of the Municipal Corporation, Municipalities, and Notified Area
Committees in the urban areas. In rural areas, there is the usual setup of village panchayats, samitis and
zilla parishads, though, in practice, they do not wield administrative or legal powers of any consequence.
The judiciary and the executive are separated in Punjab as in other States. However, Punjab shares a
common High Court with the State of Haryana and the Union Territory of Chandigarh.
Currently, Captain Amarinder Singh s/o Late Maharaja Yadavindra Singh of Patiala is the Chief Minister of
Punjab.















226
1. Familiarize yourself with the political terms.

Government Sarkar
Pü¤'ü
Prime minister Pradhanmantri
uü'FPBl
President Rashtrapati
ü'PZüuBl
Leader (ruler) Leader
BlBü
Dictator Dictator/tanasha
lB¤ZZü/B'F'P'ü
Parliament Sansad
PPE
Ministry Mantrala
PBü'B'
Election Election
lEB¤PF
Official/Officials Karamchari
¤üPF'ül
Political Party Siaasi party
lPH'Pl u'üZl
Vote Vote
TZ
Republic Gan*raj
ÐEü'R
State Raj
ü'R
Democracy/democratic Lokraj
B¤ü'R
Term of office Dafter padhe
EEBü uE
Policy Policy
u'BPl
Human rights Jati hak
R'Bl ü¤
Religious Dharmi
üüPl
Racial Jati phedhpa
R'Bl 5E5'T
Radical Aativadi
HlBT'El
World Sansar/duniya
PP'ü/EFlH'
Conflict Laraee
B3'El
War Jan*g/laraee
RÐ/B3'El
Invade/invasion Hamla karma
üPB' ¤üF'
Nuclear bombs/weapons Parmanu* bamb
uüP'E FF


2. Listen to and read the following statements. While reading, note the use of the new vocabulary.

The Iraqi leader
lEü'¤l BlBü
Iraqi leader
Middle East conflict
lPBB ElPZ B3'El
Middle East laraee

The Russian officials
üPl ¤üPF'ül
Russi karamchari
The war in Iraq
Elü'¤l RÐ
Iraqi jang
227

The South African government
P'Çü HEül¤F Pü¤'ü
South African sarkar
The radical political party
H'lBT'El lPH'Pl u'üZl
Aativadi siasi party

Religious differences
üüPl 5E
Dharmi bheid
Islamic fundamentalism
lEPB'P¤ PB lPü'B
Islamic mool sidhant

The President of the United States is George Bush.
HPül¤' E ü'PZüuBl R'üR FP üF J
America de rashtrapati Gorge Bush han.

Japan and Great Britain have prime ministers.
Ru'F HB ÐZ FlZF lTF uü'FPBl üE üF J
Japan atei Great Britain vich pradhanmantri hun*de han.

This was the first political election in that country.
lEP EP lTF lEü uüBl lPH'Pl FE üÊ J
Eis desh vich eh pahili siasi chaun hoei.

Human rights are a very important issue in the world today.
PP'ü lTF HR, R'Bl ü¤ HüP lTF'ü FF ÐÊ üF J
Sansar vich aaj, jati hak aham vichar ban gaei han.


3. Listen to and read the following news report from Punjab. Then answer the questions that
follow. Check the answer key.

26 RFTül , ÐEBB lETP üP·ü'P F'B PF'ElH' lÐH' J 5Z'F E ü'Ru'B uüB E Pu PlüP'F Pl J ¤3l lFÐ
ü'Fl üul ÐEl P3¤' B, R üPZuBl 5TF F R'ElH' üF, B lRü uüB Pü üEl J üBT PZPF' HB üT'ElHB B T
l PuB lFÐü'Fl üul ÐEl Jüü uFü' lTF, FlF F EPBl E' üü HÐ ¤lB' lRP ¤ü¤ Tu'ü lTF F3Bl J PlB Büü
HB üü üE Tl BÐ'B'ü FB üEl ü ÇBül 5'üB lTF lRP ¤ü¤ ÇB'F' B HPü ülEH' J lüP'FB uEP lTF 5'
ül FüEF'ül, B B¤' E Pü B uPl R P¤l Pü üEE' lEBR'ü ¤ü üü Pl J

26 Janvary, gantantr divas dhoom dam nal manaya giya. Bhutan de rajpal parade de mukh mehman si. Kari
nagrani rakhi gayi saraka* te, jo rashtrapati bhavan nu jandiyan han, te jethe parade shuru hoi. Railway
stationa*atei hawai ade te vi sakhat nigarani rakhi gayi. Hor khabara* vich, cheen ne dosti da hath agge kita jis
karke vapar vich barotari. Sheet lehar atei dundh hune vi lagatar chal rahi hai, uteri Bharat vich jis karke udana*
te asar hoya. Himachal Pradesh vich bhari barafbari, te loka* de moo te khushi jo ski shuru hoon da intazar ker
rahe se.

228
Who was the honorable guest at the parade?

From where does the Republic Day parade start?

Who extended the hand of friendship?

What are the causes of flight delays in the North?

In which State did it snow?


4. Work in small groups. Pretend that you are a crew working for a news program.
Come up with a short description of a political event. Use the questions from Exercise 3 as an outline for
your report.

5. Work in a small group or with a partner. Go over the information on the political system in Punjab
one more time. Recall the information in Punjabi. Report to your teacher and to the class.





























229
International Geography



Flag of India


230
6. Read the information about Punjab (India). Answer the questions. Check your work with the answer
key.

uR'F E uZP B u'¤lPü'F ü , RP HB ¤PPlü E' ü'R ÇBü B, lüP'FB uEP ÇBüuüF B HB ülüH'E' EuE
B u`E' ü J PB¤ E' FZT'ü' üE B ulüB' 1947 B uR'F El PlP' Büü B¤ R'El Pl, R l¤ üE u'¤lPü'F lTF H'
E' ü J

Punjab de pashim te Pakistan hai, Jammu atei Kashmir da raj utar te hai, Himachal Pradesh utarpurab te atei
haryana dakin te panda hai. Mulak da batvara hon* ton pahla* 1947 te Punjab di seema Lahore tak jandi se, jo
ke hun* Pakistan vich hai.


1.uR'F E uZP B l¤ü3' EP u`E' ü ?
Punjab de pacham te kihra desh pan*da hai?

2.PB¤ E' FZT'ü' ¤E ülEH' ?
Mulak da batwara kado* hoyea?

3.Büü l¤ü u`E' ü ?
Lahore kithe pan*da hai?

4.uR'F E EuE B l¤ü3' ü'R u`E' ü ?
Punjab de dhakhan te kihra raj pan*da hai?

7. Listen to the speaker and follow along in your book.

Afghanistan/Afghani
HEÐ'FlPü'F/HEÐ'Fl
Canada/Canadian
¤FB'/¤FBlHF
China/Chinese
FlF/FlFl
Denmark/Danes
BFP'¤/BFR
Egypt/Egyptian
ElRuZ/ElRuZ T'Pl
England/English
lEÐBB/HÐR
Finland/Finns
lEFBB/lEFR
France/French
Eü'P/EüF
Germany/German
RüPFl/RüPF
Great Britain/British
ÐüZ FlZF/FlZlP
India/Indian
5'üB/5'üBl
Indonesia/Indonesian
lEBFlPlH'/lEBFlPlHF
Iran/Iranian
lEü'F/lEü'Fl
231
Iraq/Iraqi
lEü'¤/lEü'¤l
Ireland/Irish
H'ÊüBB/H'ÊlüP
Israel/Israeli
lERüB/lERüBl
Italy/Italian
lEZBl/lEZ'BlHF
Japan/Japanese
Ru'F/Ru'Fl
Jordan/Jordanian
RüBF/RüBFlHF
Korea/Korean
¤ülH'/¤ülHF
Kuwait/Kuwaiti
¤ÊZ/¤ÊZl
Mexico/Mexican
P¤Pl¤/P¤Pl¤F
Netherlands/Dutch
FEüBBR/BF
Norway/Norwegian
FüT/FüTlRlHF
Pakistan/Pakistani
u'¤lPü'F/u'¤lPü'Fl
Philippines/Filipino
lEBulFR/lEBlulF
Russia/Russian
üP/üPl
Saudi Arabia/Saudi
P'ÇEl HüFlH'/P'ÇEl
Scotland/Scot
P¤'ZBB/P¤'Z
South Africa/South African
P'Çü HEül¤'/P'Çü HEül¤F HEül¤F
Spain/Spanish
PuF/PulFP
Sweden/Swede
PTlBF/PTlB
Syria/Syrian
PlülH'/PlülHF
Thailand/Thai
ü'ÊBB/ü'Ê
Vietnam/Vietnamese
lTHBF'P/lTHBF'Pl
Wales/Welsh
TBR/TBP
North America
ÇBül HPül¤'
Central America
¤`El HPül¤'
South America
EuE HPül¤'
Western Europe
uZP Rüu
Central Europe
¤`El Rüu
Eastern Europe
uüF Rüu
Middle East
lPBB ElPZ
Southwest Asia
EuEuZP ÊPlH'
Southeast Asia
EuEuüF ÊPlH'
Africa
HEül¤'
Australia
H'PZBlH'
Eastern Asia
uüTl ÊPlH'
Arctic
H'ülZ¤
Antarctic
ÊFZ'ülZ¤
Pacific Rim
uPlE¤ lüP
232
8. Listen to and read the dialogues about nationality. Note the ways to determine one’s nationality.

Are you from Syria? No, I’m from Egypt. I’m an Egyptian.
¤l BPl PlülH' B ü ? Fül`, P` ElRuZ B ü' J P` ElRuZ lFT'Pl ü' J
Ki tusi Syria to* ho? Nahi*, main* Egypt to* ha*. Main* Egypt niwasi han*.

Are you American? No, I’m Canadian.
¤l BPl HPül¤l ü ? Fül`, P` ¤FB' lFT'Pl ü' J
Ki tusi amriki ho ? Nahi*, main* Canada niwasi han*.

What are you? I’m Vietnamese.
BPl ¤E ü ? P` lTHBF'P lFT'Pl ü' J
Tusi kon* ho? Main* Vietnam niwasi han* .

Where are you from? I’m from India. I’m Indian.
BPl l¤ü` ü ? P` 5'üB B ü' J P` 5'üBl ü' J
Tusi kithon* ho? Main* Bharat ton* han*. Main* Bharati han*.

Are you Indonesian? Yes, I’m Indonesian. I live in Jakarta.
¤l BPl lEFBFlPlHF ü ? ü', P` lEFBFlPlHF lFT'Pl ü' J P` R¤'üB' ülüE' ü' J
Ki tusi Indonesian ho? Han*, main* Indonesian niwasi han*. Main* Jakarta rahin*da han*.

Are you from Afghanistan? I live in Afghanistan, but I am Pakistani.
¤l BPl HEÐ'FlPü'F B ü? P` HEÐ'lFPü'F ülüE' ü', uü P` u'¤lPü'Fl ü' J
Ki tusi Afghanistan to* ho? Main* Afghanistan rahin*da han*, par main* Pakistani han*.

9. Working with a partner, complete the dialogues. Check your work with the answer key.

1. - …………………………..?
- ü', P` lTHBF'P lFT'Pl ü' J
Ha*, main* Vietnam niwasi ha*.

2. - ……………………………?
- Fül`, P` HPül¤l Fül` ü' J P` ¤FB' lFT'Pl ü' J
Nahi*, main* amriki nahi* ha*. Main* Canada niwasi ha*.

3. - …………… or ……………..?
- P` u'¤lPü'F ülüE' ü', uü P` HEÐ'Fl ü' J
Main* Pakistan rahin*da ha*, per main* afghani ha*.

4. - ……………………………..?
- ü', HPl lEü'¤l ü' J
Ha*, asi* Iraqi ha*.
233
End-of-Lesson Tasks


1. Translate the following headlines into English. Check your work with the answer key.

ü'PZüuBl E ¤P E F' PEP lTF 5'üB F lT¤lPB EP FE'ÇE E' PuF' Eüü'lEH' J
uZP TB` PTlHB EP' lTF HPBPZ' E P'lüHP ü'ül` uü RP'ÇE El ¤lPP J
PF'Pl ul3B' B 5'üBT'PlH' F PPB'PEl Pü¤'ül üÐ'ü El ÇBl¤ J
FBlTB F PF'Pl ul3B' BEl P'FE'ü uÐ'P üluH' HB ¤ü3 üluH' lEZB' ¤lB' J
lBF PlFH' ElH' FE' EPEÐlH' l¤ EP l¤P P3 B u3' ü J

ashtrapati de kaum de Na* sandesh vich bharat nu viksit desh banaun* da supana duharaya. Pasham valaon
soviet deshan* vich asantushta de madhium rahi paer jaman de koshish. Sunami pirata* te bharatvasian* nu
mamatamayi sarkari hungare de udik bollywood ne sunami pirtan* laee shandar program rakhia atei crore
rupiya ekatha kita. Tin subeyan* dia* chauna dasangia ki desh kis mor te khara hai


2. Listen to and read the following news report from Punjab then answer the questions that follow.
Check your work with the answer key.

uR'F El FE' BEl P'ül u'üZlH' lBH'ü J HPlüEü lP±, uR'F E PuPBl, El BüE u'üZl F lRB'ÇE El uül ¤
lPP J ¤B'¤ El BB ¤ü¤ uR'F lTF üü ZZE E' ¤El H'P'ü Fül` JPF'Pl ul3B' F üF Tl PEE El B3 J Blü
H'E' El üZül u'üZl F ¤'El uP lE¤B ¤lB HB ü'PZüuBl F lEB lu3B' BEl J

Punjab de chaun laee sari partiyan* taiyar. Amrinder singh, Punjab de mukhmantri, di tarfau party nu jitaun de
puri koshish. Karake de than*d karke Punjab vich dhundh chata*n
da koi asar nahin.sunami pirata* nu hun vi madad di lor. Ludhiana di rotary party ne kafi paise ekathe keete
atei rashtrapati nu dite pirata* laee.

1. u'üZl F lRB'ÇE BEl ¤E ¤lPP ¤ü üü üF ?
Party nu jitaun layi kaun koshish kar rahe han?

2. uR'F E PuPBl ¤E üF ?
Punjab de mukhmantri kaun han?

3. BB ¤ü¤ ¤l ü lüH' ü ?
than*d karke ki ho reha hai?

4. l¤F' F PEE El B3 ü ?
Kina nu madad di lor hai?
234
3. Work with a partner or in a small group. From the list of the countries above, choose one and give a
briefing on its location and political system. Pretend that you are giving a press conference. Your
classmates will role-play the news reporters by asking you questions.

The following questions may help you in your work:

1. Does this country have a president? Who is the current president?
2. How many political parties are there in this country?
3. Is there a war in this country now?
4. Does this country have a parliament?
5. Is there a democracy in this country?
6. Does this country have a prime minister?
7. Is the leader of this country a dictator?
8. Is this country a republic?
9. What is a specific geographical feature of this country?
235
Vocabulary List

Conflict Laraee
B3'El
Democracy/democratic Lokraj
B¤ü'R
Dictator Dictator/tanasha
lB¤ZZü/B'F'P'ü
Dispute Laraee
B3'El
Election Chaun
FE
Government Sarkar
Pü¤'ü
Human Rights Jati hak
R'Bl ü¤
Invade/invasion Hamla karma
üPB' ¤üF'
Leader/ruler Leader
BlBü
Ministry Sansad
PPE
Nuclear bombs/weapons Kendri bomb
¤`El FP
Official Karamchari
¤üPF'ül
Parliament Mantralay
PB'lBH'
Policy Policy
u'BPl
Political party Siasi party
lPH'Pl u'üZl
President Rashtrapati
ü'PZüuBl
Prime minister Pradhanmantri
uü'FPBl
Racial Jati bhedbhav
R'Bl 5E5'T
Radical Ativadi
HlBT'El
Religious Dharmi
üüPl
Republic Gan*raj
ÐEü'R
State Raj
ü'R
Term of office Dafter pad
EEBü uE
To kill Marna
P'üF'
To vote Chaun pa*na*
FE u'E'
To invade Hamla karma
üPB' ¤üF'
War Jang/laraee
RÐ/B3'El
World Dunia/sansar
ElFH'/PP'ü










236
Answer Key

3. Compare your answers with the translation below.
January 26
th
, The Republic Day of India is celebrated with great pomp and show. The honorable guest during
the parade was the King of Bhutan. The security was tight on the roads leading to the Rashatrapati Bhavan from
where the parade starts. High alert was placed even at the railway stations and the airports. In other news, China
extends the hand of friendship and gives a boost to the trade. The cold wave and the fog still persists in
Northern India leading to the delay of many flights. Heavy snowfall in Himachal Pradesh gives smiles to all
tourists who were waiting for the ski season to kick off.

6.
Punjab is bordered by Pakistan to the west, Jammu and Kashmir to the north, Himachal Pradesh to the northeast
and Haryana to the south. Prior to the Partition of India in 1947, Punjab extended across both sides of what is
now the India-Pakistan border, and its former capital Lahore is now the capital of the Pakistani state of Punjab.

1.uR'F E uZP B l¤ü3' EP u`E' ü ?
ANS: u'¤lPü'F J
2.PB¤ E' FZT'ü' ¤E ülEH' ?
ANS: 1947 lTF J
3.Büü l¤ü u`E' ü ?
ANS: Büü u'¤lPü'F lTF u`E' ü J
4.uR'F E EuE B l¤ü3' ü'R u`E' ü ?
ANS: ülüH'E' J

9.
1. - ¤l BPl TlHBF'P B ü ?
- ü', P` lTHBF'P lFT'Pl ü' J

2. - ¤l BPl HPül¤l ü ?
- Fül`, P` HPül¤l Fül` ü' J P` ¤FB' lFT'Pl ü' J

3. - ¤l BPl u'¤lPü'Fl ?
- P` u'¤lPü'F ülüE' ü', uü P` HEÐ'Fl ü' J

4. - ¤l BPl lEü'¤l ü ?
- ü', HPl lEü'¤l ü' J

1. Are you Vietnamese?
- Yes, I’m Vietnamese.
2. Are you American?
- No, I’m not American. I’m Canadian.
3. Are you Pakistani?
- I live in Pakistan, but I’m Afghani.
237
4. Are you Iraqis?
- Yes, we are Iraqis.

End of Lesson Tasks

1.
The President, in his speech, repeated the dream of India becoming a developed nation.
The West is trying to make a base in the troubled areas of the Soviet Nations.
Tsunami victims and Indians are waiting for relief from the government.
Bollywood performed a concert and collected scores of rupees for Tsunami relief.
Elections in three regions will show where the country stands.

2.
1. ¤E ¤lPP ¤ü üü üF u'üZl F lRB'ÇE BEl ?
HPlüEü lP±
2. uR'F E PuPBl ¤E üF ?
HPlüEü lP±
3. BB ¤ü¤ ¤l ü lüH' ü ?
üü Fül ZZ üEl J
4. l¤F' F PEE El B3 ü ?
PF'Pl lu3B' F J

238
Lesson 19 VALIDATION COPY 1.0 JUNE 2007
The Military
P F'
Sena


This lesson will introduce you to:
- Basic military vocabulary
- The rank structure of the U.S. Army and Indian military forces
- Names of weapons and army vehicles.


1. What do soldiers do? What do soldiers use? What do soldiers wear? The pictures will help you to
guess the meaning of unknown terms.




lEF ERlH' F TüEl u'El ü J ÇF' E uü' B FZ HB lPü' B ü BPZ ü J üBPZ Bu' , ÐB'·F'üE
HB lTPEZ¤' B FF'T ¤üEl üJ ERlH' F H'uE üü' lTF ülüH'ü E3 üF J

Ein faujian* ne vardi payee hai. Unha* de pera* te boot atei siira* te helmet hai. Helmet topa*, gola-barud atei
visfotaka* ton* bachav kardi hai. Faujian* ne aapne* haatha* vich hathiaar fade han.


lEü ERl H'uEl F`E¤ FB'E' ü J
lEü ERl H'uE ¤P'Bü F'B üBlÇ B ÐB
¤ü lüü' üJ lEP ERl ¤B ü'¤Z BFü ü J
Eh fauji aapni* banduk chalanda
hai.
Eh faugi aapne* commander naal radio te
gal kar riha hai.
Eh fauji kol rocket launcher
hai.
239
2. Now listen to the new words and repeat them after the speaker.

Soldier Fauji/sipahee/senik
ERl/lPu'ül/PlF¤
Uniform Vardi
TüEl
Boots Boot
FZ
Helmet Helmet
üBPZ
To protect Bachav karna
FF'T ¤üF'
Artillery Topa*
Bu'
Ammunition Gola-barud
ÐB'·F'üE
Explosives Visfotak
lTPEZ¤
Weapons Hathiaar
ülüH'ü
Radio Radio
üBlÇ
Commander Commander
¤P'Bü
To fire Chalana*
FB'E'
Rifle Rifle
ü'ElEB
Rocket launcher Rocket launcher
ü¤Z BFü


3. Read the statements and match each one with the correct picture. Check your answers with the
answer key.


1. 2. 3.

A. Çü ERl Fül` ü J ÇPE ¤B ülüH'ü Fül` üF J ÇPE FF üF J
Oh fauji nahi* hai. Used kol hathiaar nahi* han. Used bachche han.
B. Çü ERl ü J ÇPE ¤B ülüH'ü ü J
Oh fauji hai. Used kol hathiaar hai.
C. ERl, HlüH'ü' BEl , B¤' El BB'Pl ¤ü lüH' ü J
Fauji, hathiaara* layee, loka* di talaashi kar riya hai.
240
4. Listen to the new words and repeat them after the speaker.


1. 2.

3.
These vehicles are HUMMVEE’s.
lEü Ð3lH' üPTl üF J
Self-propelled Missile Launcher
H'u FBE T'Bl lPP'ElB BFü


4. 5.

6.
Tank Self-propelled Gun Armored Vehicle
Z`¤ H'u FBE T'Bl Bu H'üPB Ð3l


5. Now cover the names of the vehicles with a sheet of paper and name them. Repeat Exercise 4 as many
times as you need to feel comfortable with the new terms.


1. ……………………..
2. ……………………..
3. ……………………..
4. ……………………..
5. ……………………..
6. ……………………..






241
6. Listen to the new words and repeat them after the speaker.



1

2

3

4

5

6

7 8

8


1 Mortar
ÐB'·F'üE

2 Rifle
ü'ElEB

3 Machine gun
PPlF ÐF

4 Grenade
ÐüFB

5 Mine
F'üE El ü'

6 Pistol
luPBB

7 Missile
lPP'ElB

8 Weapons cache
ülüH'ü üuE El ü'


242
7. Look at the pictures in Exercise 6. Cover the Punjab translations and the English words in Exercise 6.
Match each term with the correct picture. Replay the sound as many times as you need to. Check your
work with the answer key.

A. luPBB
B. ü'ElEB
C. PPlF ÐF
D. ülüH'ü üuE El ü'
E. lPP'ElB
F. ÐüFB
G. F'E ü El ü'
H. Ð B'·F'ü E

8. In the following lists of items, three belong to the group, but the fourth does not logically belong.
Cross it out. Check your answers with the answer key.

Z`¤ ÐüFB Z¤ üPTl
tank grenade truck humvee
ü'ElEB ÐB'·F'üE üBPZ PPlF ÐF
rifle gola-baruud helmet machine gun
TüEl ERl Ðü·ERl ¤P'Bü
vardi fauji geir-fauji commander
üBlÇ F¤P' F'üE ü' ülüH'ü
radio naksha baruud tha* hathiaar
üBPZ ü'ElEB TüEl FZ
helmet rifle vardi boot
HEPü ERl RlFZ ¤P'Bü
afsar fauji unit commander


9. Listen to the speaker and translate the sentences into English. Check your work with the answer
key.

A. ERl üBPZ ÐBlH' B FFE BEl u'E üF J
Fauji helmet goleea* to* bachchan laee pande han.
B. ERl üBPZ ÐB'·F'üE HB Bu' B FFE BEl u'E üF J
Fauji helmet gola barud to* bachchan laee pande han.
C. HPl ülüH'ü' BEl P'ü Ðü ERlH' El BB'Pl ¤ü üÊ ü' J
Asi haathiara* laee sare ger faujia* di talaashi kar rahe ha*.
D. HPl ülüH'ü' BEl P'ü EPPF ERlH' El BB'Pl ¤ü üÊ ü' J
Asi haathiara* laee sare dushman faujia* di talaashi kar rahe ha*.
243
10. What do you hear? Listen to the speaker and mark the statement that you hear. Check your
answer key.

1. A. Soldiers wear helmets for protection from explosives.
B. Soldiers wear helmets for protection from ammunition and artillery.
2. A. We are searching all civilians for weapons.
B. We are searching all enemy soldiers for weapons.


11. Listen and repeat the new words after the speaker.

Army base Minefield Patrol
H'üPl FP F'üE El ü' uZüB

Be careful! Roadblock Base
lüH'F F'B üB FB'¤ FP

Curfew Checkpoint Barracks
¤üER R'F El ü' Fü¤P

In charge of … Identification
lRPE'ü ¤E ü ulüF'F uB



12. Fill in the blanks with the correct word from the vocabulary list above. Check your work with the
answer key.

A. -¤l lEü uZüB ü ?
Ki eh patrol hai.
- ü' J
Ha*.
- ¤E_______________ü ?
- kaun*____________ hai?
- uZüB BlBü

B. - ¤l______________________ü ?
- ki_______________________ hai?
- ü', 8:00 TR P'P B B¤ 6:00 TR PTü B¤ J
- ha*, 8:00 vaje sham to* leke 6:00 vaje sawere tak.

244
C. - ______________________! Çü F'üE ü !
-_______________________! Uthe barud hai.

D. P'ü ERlH' HB HEPü' F ulüF'F uB lTu'E' ü ___________B HB ____________B,
Sare faujia* atei afsara* nu* pahichan patar vikhana hai______ te atei_____________te.

E. - ¤E ____________ü Fü¤' E' ?
- kaun____________hai barracks da?
- RlFZ ¤P'Bü ,lT¤üPRlB lP±, üF J
- Unit commander, Vikramjit Singh, han.


13. Working with a partner, take turns reading and role-playing the dialogues from Exercise 12.


14. Working in a small group, come up with similar dialogues, and then role-play them.


15. Study the list of U.S. Army ranks. Compare them with the Indian military equivalents.

XThe Indian Army uniforms and insignias were adapted from the British system, which is comprised of a
combination of stars, the Lion of Sarnath, crossed sabers, and crossed batons. Sikhs are allowed to wear turbans
instead of the standard military headgear.
XThe Indian Army structure is slightly different from that of the enlisted US Army. The foot soldiers (jawan or
the sepoy) have the following ranks: lance corporal (lance naik), corporal (naik), sergeant (havildar), senior
sergeant (havildar major), and the battalion senior sergeant (battalion havildar major). Their duties are to pass
orders down the line, detail men for fatigue duties, to nominate guards, and to distribute and control
ammunitions. There is no equivalent in the US for the naib subedar, the subedar or the subedar major. These
are non-commissioned officers and they hold posts of a platoon commander (company second in command),
along with regular commissioned officers. The Subedar Major of a unit is a very respected, right-hand man of
the commanding officer and he advises him on the state of the men.

These are the India Army ranks with insignias and the US Army equivalents where applicable: © Pavel
Mococh.






Lance Naik Naik Havildar Company Quarter
Master Havildar
(Private 1st Class) (Corporal) (Sergeant) (Staff Sergeant)

245

Company Havildar Major Regimental Quarter
Master Havildar
Regimental Havildar
Major


Naib Subedar / Naib
Risaldar
Subedar / Risaldar Subedar Major / Risaldar
Major




Lieutenant Captain Major



Lieutenant Colonel Colonel Brigadier

246
Enlisted
Private
Corporal
Sergeant
Sergeant Major


Officer
Lieutenant
Captain
Major
Lt. Colonel
Colonel
General





































247
End-of-Lesson Tasks


1. Work with a partner or in a small group. In Punjabi, come up with a caption for each picture below.
Check the answer key for some ideas.





1. …………………………………………………… .

2. …………………………………………………… .

3. …………………………………………………… .


2. a) Translate the following sentences into English. Check your work with the answer key.

A. ülüH'ü' El ü' l¤ü ü ?
Hatiyara* di tha* kithe hai

B. uZüB E' lRPE'ü ¤E ü ?
Petrol da zimedar kaun hai

C. Bü'F R'F El ü' B ulüF'F uB lTu'ÇE' ü J
Tuhanu ja*ch de tha* te pahchan part dikhauna hai

D. R B¤ ERl Fül` üF, ÇF' El ülüH'ü' BEl BB'Pl üÊÐl J
Jo lok fauji nahin han, unha* di hatiyara* laee talashi hovegi

E. 9:00 TR ü'B B ¤üER Pü üÊÐ' J üF 9:45 üF J H'uE ±ü T'luP R'Ç J
9:00 vaje raat ton* curfew shuru hovega. Hun 9:45 hun. Apne ghar vapas jao


248
F. u'Bl ERl ül lPBZül FP E HEü H' P¤E üF J
Khali fauji hi military base de andar aa sakde han


b) Work with a partner or in a small group. Come up with a situation where you can use sentences
C, D, E, and F as a reply. Create the first part of the conversation so that you have short dialogues.
Role-play them.


3. a) Translate the following into Punjabi. Compare your translation against the answer key.


A. Please step out of the car. We must search the vehicle for weapons.

B. It is after curfew. You must come with me for questioning.

C. The weapons cache is on the other side of Checkpoint Delta.

D. Be careful. There is a minefield east of the railroad.

E. Every soldier needs to have a radio and a map.

F. You must know all the checkpoints and roadblocks in this area.



b) Work with a partner or in a small group. Come up with a situation when you can use these
sentences as a reply. Create the first part of the conversation so that you have short dialogues. Role-play
them.

249
Vocabulary List

Ammunition Visphotak
lTPEZ¤
Army base Army base
H'üPl FP
Artillery toop
Bu
Barracks barracks
Fü¤P
Base base
FP
Be careful! Dhian naal
lüH'F F'B
Boots boot
FZ
Checkpoint Ja*ch de tha*
R'F El F'
Civilian Gaer fauji
Ðü ERl
Commander commander
¤P'Bü
Curfew curfew
¤üER
Enemy dushman
EPPF
Explosive vispfotak
TPEZ¤
Grenade gernade
ÐüFB
Gun gun
ÐF
Helmet helmet
üBPZ
In charge (of a patrol, base) Zimavari(petrol,base)di
lRPE'ül ( uZüB, FP, )El
Machine gun Machine gun
PPlF ÐF
Map naksha
F¤P'
Military fauj
ER
Mine Barood di tha*
F'üE El ü'
Minefield Barood di tha*
F'üE El ü'
Missile messaeel
lPP'ElB
Mortar Gola barood
ÐB'·F'üE
Officer afsar
HEPü
Protection bachav
FF'T
Radio radio
üBlÇ
Rank rank
ü`¤
Rifle rifle
ü'ElEB
Roadblock roadblock
üBFB'¤
Rocket rocket
ü'¤Z
Rocket launcher Rocket launcher
ü'¤Z BFü
Search talashi
BB'Pl
Soldier Fauji/sepahi/sanik
ERl/lPu'ül/PlF¤
Tank tank
Z`¤
Uniform vardi
TüEl
250
Weapons hatiyar
ülüH'ü
Weapons cache Hatiyara* di tha*
ülüH'ü' El ü'












































251
Answer Key

3.
A. 3 He is a civilian. He does not have weapons. He has children.
B. 2 He is a soldier. He has a weapon.
C. 1 The soldier searches the civilian for weapons.

7.
A. pistol
B. rifle
C. machine gun
D. weapons cache
E missile
F. grenade
G. mine
H. mortar

8.
1. Grenade
2. Helmet
3. Uniform
4. Minefield
5. Artillery
6. Civilian

9.
A. Soldiers wear helmets for protection from ammunition.
B. Soldiers wear helmets for protection from explosives and artillery.
C. We are searching all civilians for weapons.
D.We are searching all enemy soldiers for weapons.

10.
A. ERl üBPZ u'E üF ÐBlH' B FFE BEl J
B. HPl ülüH'ü' BEl P'ü EPPF ERlH' El BB'Pl ¤ü üÊ ü' J

12.
A. - Is this a patrol?
- Yes.
- Who is __in charge______?
- The patrol leader.

B. - Is there a _curfew___?
- Yes, from 8:00 P.M. to 6:00 A.M.

C. - Be careful__! There are mines!

252
D. All soldiers and officers must show their ID’s at _checkpoints_ and at _roadblocks_.

E. - Who is in __charge__ of the barracks?
- The unit commander, Vikramjit Singh, is in charge.

End of Lesson Tasks

1.
1 ERl F'üE El ü' B ü J
2 ERl H'uE ¤P'Bü F'B üBlÇ B ÐB ¤ü lüH' ü J
3 ERl Z`¤ lTF üF J

2. a)
A. Where is the weapons cache?
B. Who is in charge of this patrol?
C. You must show your ID when you pass the checkpoint.
D. All civilians must be searched for weapons.
E. Curfew starts at 9:00 p.m. It’s 9:45 now. Go back to your home.
F. Only soldiers may enter the military base.

3. a)
l¤u' ¤ü¤ ¤'ü B lF¤B J HPl ülüH'ü' BEl Ð3l El BB'Pl ¤üFl ü J
¤üER E F'E ü J Bü'F Pü F'B H'ÇE' ü PT'B·RT'F BEl J
ülüH'ü' El ü' R'F El ü' BBZ' E ER u'P ü J
lüH'F F'B, F'üE El ü' ü üBüB E uüFl u'P J
üü ERl ¤B üBlÇ HB F¤P' üE' F'lüE' J
Bü'F P'ü R'F El ü'T' HB üBFB'¤' F'ü uB' üE' F'lüE' J

253
Lesson 20 VALIDATION COPY 1.0 JUNE 2007
In the Hospital
üPBu'B lTF
hospital vich


This lesson will introduce you to:
- The vocabulary related to the medical emergency and life-saving measures
- The terminology related to internal organs
- The ways to ask questions about the vital signs.







Medical insurance is available in India. There are also private clinics for consultation. There are government
hospitals in every city which are cheaper. For the armed forces there are military hospitals in every cantonment.
In Lesson 17, you already learned the names of human body parts, how to ask questions about a person’s state
of health, and how to describe health conditions and symptoms of sickness. You also know how to handle the
visit to the doctor’s office. In this lesson, you will familiarize yourself with the vocabulary used for life-
threatening health conditions, such as heart attacks, gunshot wounds, severe bleeding, and head injuries.













254
1. Go over the text with the pictures. Try to understand the meaning of unknown words from the
context. If you need help check the answer key.


1 2

lEP H'EPl El F'ü B PZ BÐl ü J lEP HüB El F'ü B RuP
Is aadmi di baah* te sat laggi hai. Is aurat de baah*te jakham hai.


3 4

lEP H'EPl El BB F PZ BÐl ü J lEP H'EPl El üE B PZ BÐl ü J
Is aadmi di lat nu* sat laggi hai. Is aadmi di dhon* te sat laggi hai.

Did you understand the words PZ/FZ/RuP BÐE' J ? You’re right!
They mean wound/wounded and injury/injured.

2. Look at the pictures in Exercise 1 and match the number of the picture with the correct definition.
Check the answer key.

A.BB B PZ - picture number _____.

B.üE B PZ - picture number _____.

C.F'ü B PZ/FZ - picture number _____.

D.F'ü B PZ - picture number _____.

3. Tell your classmates in Punjabi if you ever had an injury and/or wounds.
255
4. Listen to and read the dialogue between the doctor and the nurse in the emergency room of a
military hospital. Note the use of new vocabulary.

Doctor: How does Sergeant Ram Singh feel?
B'¤Zü: P'üRZ ü'P lP± E' ¤l ü'B ü J
Doctor: Sargent Ram Singh da ki haal hai?

Nurse: He feels bad, Doctor Raman.
FüP: uü'F ü B'¤Zü üPF J
Nurse: Kharaab hai doctor Raman.

Doctor: What is the matter with him?
B'¤Zü: ¤l ülEH' ü ?
Doctor: ki hoya hai?

Nurse: His leg hurts.
FüP: ÇPEl BB EuEl ü J
Nurse: usadi lat dukhdi hai

Doctor: Is it injured?
B'¤Zü: ¤l PZ BÐl ü ?
Docotr: ki sat lagi hai

Nurse: Yes. He has a gunshot wound. He is bleeding.
FüP: ü', ÇPE ÐBl E' RuP ü J uF lF¤B lüH' ü J
Nurse: ha*, used goli di zakham hai. Khoon nikal reha hai

Doctor: Does he have fever?
B'¤Zü: ¤l Fu'ü ü ?
Doctor: ki bukhar hai?

Nurse: Yes, he does.
FüP: ü', ü J
Nurse: ha* hai

Doctor: Is he taking any medications?
B'¤Zü: ¤l Çü ¤El ET'El u' lüH' ü ?
Doctor: ki uh koi dawai kha reha hai?

Nurse: Yes, antibiotics and painkillers.
FüP: ü', ÊFZlF'HlZ¤P HB ul3 El ET'ElH' J
Nurse: ha*, antibiotics atei peed di dawaia*

256
5. Work with a partner. Role-play the dialogue from Exercise 2.


6. Match each of the pictures with the corresponding statement. Try to guess the meanings of unknown
words from the context. Check the answer key.



A B C

1. lEP ERl El BB B PZ BÐl ü J
ki fauji di lat te sat lagi hai?
2. lEP H'EPl F HR Zul Fül` u'El J HR F3l ÐüPl ü J üE ÇP F Bü BÐ ÐEl ü J
Eis adami ne topi nahin pai . aaj bari garmi hai. Hun usnu loo lag gaee hai
3. lEP H'EPl El F'ü B uZl FFl ü J
eis adami dib a* te patti ban*i hai.


7. Listen to the speaker and read along in your textbook. Use the answer key to check the
meanings of unknown words.





lEü uZlH' HB F`B ÊB üF J Bü'F RuP/PZ/FZ E BEl uZl El B3 ü J Çü P'E üEl F'lüEl ü J
Eih patia* atei band aid han. Tuhanu* jakham/chot de layee pati di lorh hai. Oh saaf honi chahidi hai.



257

8. In order to make someone look like the man in the picture below, what will you need?





9. Familiarize yourself with some new medical terminology. Listen as the speaker recites the
names of internal organs. Repeat after the speaker.


1 2 3 4 5

1. heart Dil
lEB
2. brain Dimag
lEP'Ð
3. lung Fefare
EE3
4. kidney Gurda
ÐüE'
5. liver Kaleja/jigar
¤BR'/lRÐü


10. Fill in the blanks with the appropriate name of the organ in Punjabi. Check your work with the
answer key.

lEB , lRÐü , EE3 , ÐüE , lEP'Ð
Dil, Jigar, fefere, gurde, dimag

A. lEFP'Fl ________ Pülü E P'ü ¤'üR ¤üE' ü J
Insani ________ sharer de sare kaaraj karda hai

B. _______ Rüül lüP' ü Pülü E' l¤Ç`¤l Çü FüFl F F'üü ¤3E' ü
_______ zaruri hisa hai sharer da kiyonki uh charbi nu bahar kada hai

258
C. ¤PüB ¤üF' Pü________ E BEl Rüül ü
kasrat kara mrere ________ de laee zaruri hai

D. lPÐüZ ulE F'B ______ E' ¤`Pü ü P¤E' ü J
Cigarette peen* nal _____ da cancer ho sakda hai

E. T'ü u'El ulE' _____________ E BEl Rüül ü J
vadu pan*i peen*a _______ de laee zaruri jai.


11. Listen to and read the dialogue between the doctor and a patient in a military hospital
emergency room.

In the Military Hospital Emergency Room

Doctor: Hello, Major Vir Singh.
B'¤Zü: PB Pl H¤'B PRü Tlü lP± J
Doctor: sat sri akal major Vir Singh.
Major: Good morning, Doctor Raman.
PRü: PB Pl H¤'B B'¤Zü üPF J
Major: sat sri akal doctor Raman.
Doctor: What happened to you?
B'¤Zü: Bü'F ¤l ülEH' ü ?
doctor: tuhanu* ki hoeeya hai?
Major: I don’t now. I didn’t feel well… I had chest pain, headache, and dizziness.
PRü: uB' Fül, Pül BFlHB Bl¤ Fül` ü JPül Z'Bl lTF ul3 üEl , lPü ul3 ü HB F¤ü H'E üF J
Major: paata nahi*, meri tabiat teekh nahi* hai. Meri chati vich peer hoee, siir peer hai atei chakkar
an*de han.
Doctor: For how long did you have your symptoms?
B'¤Zü: lEü BZE ¤E` B üF ?
Eh lachchan kadon* to* han.
Major: For about 2 days.
PRü: 2 lEF' B J
Do dina* to*.
Doctor: Did you take any medications?
B'¤Zü: BPl ¤El ET'El u'El ?
Tusi koee davai khaee?
Major: Yes, I took painkillers.
PRü: ü', P` ul3 El ET'El u'El J
Han*, main* peer di davai khaee.


259
Doctor: For how long?
B'¤Zü: ¤E` B ?
Kadon* to*.
Major: For about 2 days… What happened to me, doctor?
PRü: 2 lEF' B..... PF ¤l üElH' B'¤Zü ?
2 dina* to* ….. main*u ki hoeeya doctor ?
Doctor: Well, when you got in the ER, you couldn’t breathe. We had to do CPR.
B'¤Zü: BPl El H'ü B uR, l¤Ç`¤l Bü'F P'ü Fül` H' lüH' Pl J P'F Pl ul H'ü ¤üF' ulEH' J
Tusi ER te puje, kiu*ki tuhanu* saah nahi* aa riya si. Sanu* CPR karma paeya.
You had abnormal blood pressure. It was 230 over 180. You had a heart attack.
Bü'B' FBB uPü Bl¤ Fül` Pl J 230 ·180 Pl J Bü'F lEB E' E ü' ü lEH' J
Tuhada blood pressure teekh nahi* si. 230-180 si. Tuhanu dil da doorah hoeeya.
What symptoms do you have now?
üE ¤l BZE üF ?
Hun* ki lachachan han?
Major: I feel weakness.
PRü: PF ¤PRül ü J
Main*u kamjori hai.
Doctor: Are you allergic to any medications?
B'¤Zü: Bü'F l¤Pl ET'El E' Fü' HPü B' Fül` üE' ?
Tuhan*u kisi dawai da bura asar ta* nahi* hun*da ?
Major: Yes, I’m allergic to penicillin.
PRü: ü', PF uFPBlF B HBüRl ü J
Han*, main*u penicillin to* allergy hai.
Doctor: Do you have any kidney, liver, lung, or brain diseases? Diabetes? Cancer?
B'¤Zü: ¤l Bü'F ¤El ÐüE, lRÐü, EE3, R' lEP'Ð El lFP'ülH' üF ? PüPü?¤`Pü?
Ki tuhan*u koyee gurde, jigar, fefade, ja* dimag di bimareeaa* han? Madhumay? Cancer
Major: No, I don’t.
PRü: Fül` J
Nahi*.
Doctor: Do you smoke?
B'¤Zü: ¤l BPl lPÐüZ ul`E ü ?
Ki tusi cigarette peen*de ho?
Major: No, I don’t.
PRü: Fül` J
Nahi*.
Doctor: Do any members of your family have heart diseases or had a heart attack?
B'¤Zü: l¤ ulüT'ü lTF l¤Pl F lEB El lFP'ül ü R' lEB E' Eü' ulEH' ü ?
Ki parivar vich kisi nu* dil di bimari hai ja* dil da dorah paeeya hai?
Major: Yes, my father died three years ago from heart disease.
PRü: ü', 3 P'B ulüB' Pü luB' Rl El PB üEl lEB E Eü ¤ü¤ J
Han*, 3 saal pahila* mere pita ji di maut hoyee dil de doreh karke.
Doctor: Well, I think you must stay in the hospital and rest for a few days.
260
B'¤Zü: PF BÐE' ü l¤ Bü'F üPuB'B ülüF' ulEÐ' HB H'ü'P ¤üF' uÊÐ' ü3 lEF' E BEl J
Main*u lagda hai ki tuhan*u hospital rahina* payega atei aaraam karma payega thoreh din*a de
layee.
Major: But I need to get back to my unit!
PRü: uü P`F H'uEl RlFZ T'uP R'E' ü J
Par main*u aapni unit vapis ja*na* hai.
Doctor: No, you have to stay in the hospital, rest, and take aspirin.
B'¤Zü: Fül`, Bü'F üPuB'B ülüE' ü HB H'ü'P ¤üF' ü HB ÊPulüF u'El ü J
nahi*, tuhan*u hospital rahin*a hai atei aaraam karma hai atei aspirin khan*I hai.


12. Listen to and read the dialogue between Doctor Vikram and his colleague, Doctor Raman.
Answer the follow-up questions. Check the answer key.

Doctor Raman: PRü Tlü lP± F ¤l ülEH' ?
Major Vir Singh nu* ki hoyeea?
Doctor Vikram: ÇF' F lEB E' Eü' uH' J
Un*hnu* dil da doraa paeea.
Doctor Raman: üE ¤l BZE üF ?
Hun* ki lachchan han?
Doctor Vikram: ÇF' F Z'Bl , lPü lTF ul3 Fül` ü F' ül F¤ü H'üÊ üF J
ÇF' F ¤PRül ü J
Unha*nu chati , siir vich peer nahi* hai na* hi chakkar aarehey han.
Unha*nu kamzori hai.
Doctor Raman : FBB uPü ?
Blood pressure?
Doctor Vikram: üE Bl¤ ü : 140 B 80 J
Hun* theek hai: 140 to* 80.
Doctor Raman: ¤l l¤Pl ET'El El HBüRl ü ?
Ki kisi davai di allergy hai?
Doctor Vikram : ü', ÇF' F uFPBlF B HBüRl ü J üE ÇF' F HPuülF u'El ü J
Han*, unha*nu pencillin to* allery hai. Hun* unha*ne aspirin khaee hai.
Doctor Raman: ¤l ÇF'F PüPü R' ¤`Pü ü ? ¤l Çü lPÐüZ ul`E üF ?
Ki unha*nu madhumay ja* cancer hai? Ki oh cigarette pen*de han?
Doctor Vikram: Fül` J
Nahi*.
Doctor Raman : lEB El lFP'ül R' lEB E' Eü' ulüT'ü lTF ?
Dil di bimaari ja* dil da doura parivar vich?
Doctor Vikram: ü', 3 P'B ulüB' ,ÇF' E luB' Rl El PB üEl Pl, lEB El lFP'ül ¤ü¤ J
Han*, 3 saal pahila*, unhan* de pita ji di maut hoyeesi,dil di bimaari karke.
261
Doctor Raman : PF BÐE' ü l¤ ÇF'F ¤5 lEF üPuB'B ülüE' uÊÐ' J
Main*u lagda hai ki unhan*u kuj din hospital rahin*a payega.


Questions:
1). PRü Tlü lP± F ¤l ülEH' ?
Major Vir Singh nu* ki hoeeya hai?
2). PRü Tlü lP± E ¤l BZE Pl HB l¤F lEF' B Pl ?
Major Vir Singh de ki lachchan si atei kinhe dina* to* si?
3). üE ÇF' El BFlHB l¤T` ü ? ÇF' E' FBB uPü l¤F' ü ? Bl¤ ü ¤ Bl¤ Fül` ?
Hun* unha* di tabeeat kive* hai? Unha* da blood pressure kinha* hai? Teekh hai ki teekh nahi* .
4). ¤l ÇF' F l¤Pl ET'El E' Fü' HPü üE' ü ? Çü ¤El EH'El u' üÊ üF ?
Ki unha* nu* kisi duvaaee da burah aasar hun*da hai. Oh koee duvaaee kha raye han.
5). ¤l ÇF' F lRÐü, ÐüE', lEP'Ð R' EE3 El FlP'ül ü ? PüPü R' ¤`Pü ?
Ki unha* nu* jigar, gurda, dimag ja* fefereh di bimari hai? Madhumay ja* cancer.
6). ¤l Çü lPÐüZ ul`E üF ?
Ki oh cigarette peen*de han?
7). ulüT'ü lTF l¤Pl F lEB El FlP'ül ü ?
Parivar vich kisi nu* dil di bimari hai?
8). ulüT'ü lTF l¤Pl El PB üEl lEB El FlP'ül ¤ü¤ ?
Parivar vich kisi di maut hoee dil di bimari karke?
9). l¤ PRü Tlü lP± üPuB'B lTF üEÐ ?
Ki major Vir Singh hospital vich rehn*ge?


13. Work with a partner. Pretend to be Doctor Vikram and Doctor Raman from Exercise 12. Discuss
Major Vir Singh’s health conditions. Role-play the dialogue from Exercise 12.


14. Match the questions and answers. Check your answers.

A. Bü'Bl BFlHB l¤T` ü ? 1. ü', Pü F'ü B ÐBl BÐl ü J
Tuhadi tabeat kiv*e hai? Han mere ba* te goli lagi hai
B. Bü'F ¤l ülEH' ü ? 2. PF ¤PRül ü HB F¤ü H'Ç`E üF J
Tuhanu ki hoya hai Mehnu kamzori hai atei chakar aunde han
C. ¤l ü lüü' ü ? 3. Pü RuP B uF Fü lüü' ü J
Ki ho reha hai? Mere zakam to* khoon bhay reha hai
D. ¤l ul3 ü üEl ü ? 4. uZ lTF ul3 ü J
Ki peer ho rahi hai? Peit vich peer hai
E. l¤ü ul3 ü üEl ü ? 5. ü', Z'Bl lTF ul3 ü J P'ü Fül` H' lüü' J
Ki peer ho rahi hai? Ha*, chati vich peer hai. Saah nahi aah reha
262
F. Bü'F PZ BÐl ü ? 6. ü', ul3 El ET'El J
Tuhanu sat lagi hai? Ha*, peer di davai
G.BPl ¤El ET'El u'üÊ ü ? 7. BFlHB uü'F ü J
Tusi koi davai kha rahe ho? Tabeeat kharab hai


15. What do you hear? Listen to the speaker and mark the statement that you hear. Check your
work with the answer key.
1. A. What are your symptoms? I have a fever and a pain in my arm.
B. What are your symptoms? I have a fever and a pain in my leg.
C. What are your symptoms? I have a fever and a pain in my neck.

2. A. How do you feel? I don’t feel well. I have a chest pain.
B. How do you feel? I don’t feel well. I feel dizziness.
C. How do you feel? I don’t feel well. I can’t breathe.

3. A. Is there a doctor here? This man just had a heart attack.
B. Are you a doctor? This man just had a heart attack.
C. I am a doctor. This man just had a heart attack.























263
End-of-Lesson Tasks


1. Please answer the following questions in Punjabi:

A. What is your normal pulse?
B. What is your normal blood pressure?
C. Are you allergic to any medications?
D. Have you ever had a head injury?
E. Have you ever had a heat stroke?


2. Work with a partner or in a small group. Look at the picture and tell in Punjabi what you think has
happened with a patient. You might want to mention the following things: Is the patient a man or a
woman? What is his/her age? Is he/she a soldier? Is he/she wounded? Is he/she injured? Is he/she in
pain? Does he/she have bleeding? Does he/she have a fever? Will he/she need to stay in the hospital?
Does he/she have high blood pressure? Does he/she have chest pain? Is he/she having a heart attack?
Can he/she breathe? Will he/she need CPR? Is he/she allergic to any medications? Does he/she take any
medications?















264
Vocabulary List

Abnormal Asadharan*/teekh nahi*
HP'ü'üE/Bl¤ Fül`
Aspirin Aspirin
ÊPuülF
Bandage Pati
uZl
Band-aid Band aid
F`B·ÊB
Bleeding Khoon bahana
uE FüE'
Brain Dimag
lEP'Ð
Breathing Sah lena*
P'ü BE'
Cancer Cancer
¤`Pü
CPR Cpr
Pl ul H'ü
Cut Chira
Flü'
Diabetes Madhumay
PüPü
Dressing Pati
uZl
ER Emergency
ÊPHüRPl
Gunshot wound Goli da zakham
ÐBl E' RuP
Head injury Sir di chot
lPü El PZ
Heart Dil
lEB
Heart attack Dil da rog
lEB E' Eü'
Heart disease Dil di bimari
lEB El lFP'ül
Heat stroke Luh lagna
Bü BÐE'
High blood pressure High blood pressure
ü'El FBB uPü
I am allergic to… Mainu* allergy hai….
P F HBüRl ü .....
Are you allergic to… Ki tuhanu allergy hai….
¤l B ü'F HBüRl ü ....
Injured Sat/chot lagna
PZ/FZ BÐE'
Injury Sat/chot
PZ/FZ
Kidney Gurda
ÐüE'
Liver Jigar
lRÐü
Lungs Fefere
EE3
Organs Ang

Painkillers Peerh di dawaee
ul3 El ET'El
Penicillin Penicillin
uFPBlF
Pulse Nabaz
FFR
Sterile Saaf
P'E
To die Marna*
PüE'
To stay Rahina*
ülüE'
Wound Sat/chot
PZ/FZ
Wounded zakhmi
RuPl
265
Answer Key

1.
This man has an injured arm. This woman has a wound on her arm.

This man has a wounded leg. This man has a neck injury.

2.
A. 3 Wounded leg
B. 4 Injured neck
C. 1 and/or 2 Wounded arm
D. 1 Injured arm

6.
1. This soldier has an injured leg.
2. This man didn’t wear his hat. It was very hot today. Now he has a heat stroke.
3. This man has a dressing on his wounded arm.

7.
These are bandages and band-aids. You need them to make a dressing for a cut or wound. They have to be
sterile.

10.
A. lEFP'Fl __lEP'Ð__ Pülü E P'ü ¤'üR ¤üE' ü J
B.__lRÐü__ Rüül lüP' ü Pülü E' l¤Ç`¤l Çü PZ'u F F'üü ¤3 E' ü J
C. ¤PüB ¤üF' Pü____lEB____ E BEl Rüül ü
D. lPÐüZ ulE F'B __EE3____E' ¤`Pü ü P¤E' ü J
E. T'ü u'El ulE' _____ÐüE________ E BEl Rüül ü J

A. The human _brain__ is in charge of all body system functions.
B. The _liver_ is a very important organ because it helps our body to get rid of fat.
C. Exercising is very important for my _heart__.
D. Smoking can cause _lung__cancer.
E. Drinking a lot of water is necessary for the _kidneys__ .

12. Compare your answers with the translation.
Doctor Raman: What a matter with Major Vir Singh?
Doctor Vikram: He had a heart attack.
Doctor Raman: What symptoms does he have now?
Doctor Vikram: He doesn’t have chest pain, headache, or dizziness. He feels weakness.
Doctor Raman: Blood pressure?
Doctor Vikram: It’s normal now: 140 over 80.
Doctor Raman: Is he allergic to any medications?
Doctor Vikram: Yes, he is allergic to penicillin. He is taken aspirin now.
Doctor Raman: Does he have diabetes or cancer? Does he smoke?
266
Doctor Vikram: No, he doesn’t.
Doctor Raman: Heart diseases or heart attack in his family?
Doctor Vikram: Yes, his father died three years ago from heart disease.
Doctor Raman :Well, I think he has to stay in the hospital for a few days.

14.
A. How do you feel? 7. I feel really bad.
B. What is the matter with you? 3. My wound is bleeding.
C. What do you feel? 2. I feel weakness and dizziness.
D. Are you in pain? 5. Yes, I have a chest pain. I can’t breath.
E. Where does it hurt? 4. My stomach hurts.
F. Are you injured? 1. Yes, I have a gunshot injury in my arm.
G. Are you taking any medication? 6. Yes, painkillers.

15.
1. B. Bü'B BZE ¤l üF ? PF Fu'ü ü HB BB lTF ul3 ü J
tuhade lachchan ki han*? Main*u bukhar hai atei lat vich peer hai.
2. A. Bü'Bl BFlHB l¤T` ü ? Pül BFlHB Bl¤ Fül` ü J Z'Bl lTF ul3 ü J
tuhadi tabiaat kive* hai? Meri tabiaat teekh nahi* hai. Chatti vich peer hai.
3. C. P` B'¤Zü ü' ? lEP H'EPl F lEB E' Eü' luH' ü J
Main* doctor han*? Eis aadmi nu* dil da dora piya hai

Sign up to vote on this title
UsefulNot useful